-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, Pyxr/QZhRDKAKSwRASwMjrJSRSpC8EwKu5TqyZVA4KGTCC1krEgIKdEJpSNFQVrj 96Cn+7exy8vmZ3qoJPBOIA== 0001169232-07-001430.txt : 20070315 0001169232-07-001430.hdr.sgml : 20070315 20070315163139 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001169232-07-001430 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 10 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20061231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20070315 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20070315 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: ALLIANCE FINANCIAL CORP /NY/ CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000796317 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS [6021] IRS NUMBER: 161276885 STATE OF INCORPORATION: NY FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-15366 FILM NUMBER: 07696785 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 120 MADISON STREET STREET 2: 18TH FLOOR CITY: SYRACUSE STATE: NY ZIP: 13202 BUSINESS PHONE: 315-475-6703 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 120 MADISON STREET STREET 2: 18TH FLOOR CITY: SYRACUSE STATE: NY ZIP: 13202 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: CORTLAND FIRST FINANCIAL CORP DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19920703 10-K 1 d71248_10-k.htm ANNUALL REPORT


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

 

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

OR

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from __ to __

 

 

 

Commission file number 0-15366

 

ALLIANCE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


 

 

 

 

 

 

New York

 

 

16-1276885


 


(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

 

120 Madison Street, Tower II, 18th Floor, Syracuse, NY 13202

 

 

13202


 


(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

(ZIP Code)

Registrant’s telephone number including area code: (315) 475-4478

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class: Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share
Name of each exchange on which registered: The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

 

 

 

Yes o

No x


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

 

 

 

Yes o

No x


Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

 

 

 

Yes x

No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer: in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

 

 

Large Accelerated Filer o

Accelerated Filer x

Non-accelerated filer o


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   o No x

As of June 30, 2006, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was $100.0 million based on the closing sale price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market.

The number of outstanding shares of the Registrant’s common stock, $1 par value per share, on March 7, 2007 was 4,791,309 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the proxy statement for the annual shareholders meeting to be held on May 15, 2007 (the “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Exhibit index is located on page 59 of 61.




TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2006
ALLIANCE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 


PART I

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

3

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

7

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

9

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

9

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

9

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

10

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

13

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

15

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

27

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

29

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

56

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

56

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance

 

58

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

58

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

58

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

58

 

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

59




PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Alliance Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries. These forward-looking statements include: statements of our goals, intentions and expectations; statements regarding our business plans and prospects and growth and operating strategies; estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits. These forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, involve certain risks and uncertainties. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, among others, the following possibilities: an increase in competitive pressure in the banking industry; changes in the interest rate environment reduce margins; changes in the regulatory environment; general economic conditions, either nationally or regionally, are less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality; changes in business conditions and inflation; fluctuations in the securities markets; changes occur in technology used in the banking business; the ability to maintain and increase market share and control expenses; the possibility that our trust business may fail to perform as currently anticipated; the possibility that we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of Bridge Street Financial Inc.; and other factors detailed from time to time in the Company’s SEC filings.

Item 1 —Business

Available Information

The Company files annual reports, quarterly reports, proxy statements and other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act). The public may read and copy any materials that the Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Also, the SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including the Company, that file electronically with the SEC. The public can obtain any documents that the Company files with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

The Company also makes available free of charge through its website (www.alliancebankna.com) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and, if applicable, amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC.

General

Alliance Financial Corporation (the “Company” or “Alliance”) is a New York corporation and a registered financial holding company formed on November 25, 1998 as a result of the merger of Cortland First Financial Corporation and Oneida Valley Bancshares, Inc., which were incorporated May 30, 1986 and October 31, 1984, respectively. The Company is the holding company of Alliance Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), which was formed as the result of the merger of First National Bank of Cortland and Oneida Valley National Bank on April 16, 1999.

The Bank provides financial services from 29 customer service facilities in the New York counties of Cortland, Madison, Oneida, Onondaga, Oswego, and from a Trust Administration Center in Buffalo, NY, in Erie County. Primary services include commercial, retail and municipal banking, consumer finance, mortgage financing and servicing, and trust and investment management services. The Bank has a substantially wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Preferred Funding Corp., which is engaged in residential real estate activity, and a wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Leasing, Inc., which is engaged in commercial leasing activity in over thirty states.

The Company formed Alliance Financial Capital Trust I and Alliance Financial Capital Trust II (collectively “Capital Trusts”) for the purpose of issuing corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable capital securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of such capital securities solely in junior subordinated debt securities of the Company.

The Company’s administrative offices are located on the 18th Floor, AXA Tower II, 120 Madison St., Syracuse, New York. Banking services are provided at the administrative offices as well as at 29 customer service facilities located in Cortland, Madison, western Oneida, Onondaga, Oswego, and Erie counties.

On October 6, 2006, Alliance completed its acquisition of Bridge Street Financial, Inc. (“Bridge Street”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Oswego County National Bank (“OCNB”) and Ladd’s Agency Inc. (“Ladd’s”), an insurance agency. In connection with the acquisition, Alliance issued approximately 1,292,000 shares of common stock valued at $38.1 million, and paid cash of $13.2 million for total merger consideration of $51.3 million. At the time of the acquisition, Bridge Street had $219.3 million in assets, $148.3 million in gross loans, and $169.2 million in deposits. In the acquisition, Bridge Street was merged into Alliance, Ladd’s became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alliance, and Oswego County National Bank was merged into the Bank.

On February 18, 2005, the Bank acquired a portfolio of personal trust accounts and related assets under management from HSBC, USA, N.A. The Bank assumed the successor trustee role from HSBC on approximately 1,800 personal trust accounts and further assumed approximately $560 million in assets under management. Combined with its existing trust business the Bank now manages over 2,200 trust accounts and approximately $928 million of related investment assets. In connection with the acquisition, the Bank hired 13 trust professionals from HSBC and opened an office in Buffalo, New York, to manage the acquired accounts.

At December 31, 2006, the Company had 324 full-time equivalent employees, up from 265 full-time equivalent employees on December 31, 2005.

The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Home Loan Bank System, and deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to applicable limits.

Services

The Company offers full-service banking with a broad range of financial products to meet the needs of its commercial, retail, government, and trust customers. Depository account services include interest and non-interest-bearing checking accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts, time deposit accounts, and individual retirement accounts. The Company’s lending activities include the making of residential and commercial mortgage loans, business lines of credit, working capital facilities and business term loans, as well as installment loans, home equity loans, and personal lines of credit to individuals. Trust and investment department

3



services include personal trust, employee benefit trust, investment management, custodial, and financial planning. Through UVEST Financial Services, member NASD/SIPC, the Bank provides financial counseling and brokerage services. The Company also offers safe deposit boxes, travelers checks, money orders, wire transfers, collection services, drive-up banking facilities, 24-hour night depositories, automated teller machines, 24-hour telephone banking, and on-line internet banking. Commercial equipment leasing services are offered through Alliance Leasing, Inc., a subsidiary of the Bank. Personal and commercial insurance products are offered on an agency basis through Ladd’s Agency, Inc., a multi-line insurance agency.

Competition

The Company’s business is extremely competitive. The Company competes not only with other commercial banks but also with other financial institutions such as thrifts, credit unions, money market and mutual funds, insurance agencies and companies, brokerage firms, and a variety of other financial services companies.

Supervision and Regulation

The following discussion summarizes some of the laws and regulations applicable to bank holding companies and national banks and provides certain specific information relevant to the Company. This regulatory framework primarily is intended for the protection of depositors and the deposit insurance funds that insure bank deposits, and not for the protection of shareholders or creditors of bank holding companies and banks. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to those provisions. Moreover, Congress, state legislatures and regulatory agencies frequently propose changes to the law and regulations affecting the banking industry. The likelihood and timing of any changes and the impact such changes might have on the Company are impossible to accurately predict. A change in the statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries may have a material adverse effect on their business.

The Company is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and elected to become a financial holding company on June 21, 2006. As such, it is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). The Bank Holding Company Act and other federal laws subject bank and financial holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. A bank holding company that qualifies as a financial holding company can expand into a wide variety of services that are financial in nature, if its subsidiary depository institution is well-managed, well-capitalized and has received at least a “satisfactory” rating on its last CRA examination. Services that have been deemed to be financial in nature include securities underwriting, dealing and market making, sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies, insurance underwriting and agency activities and merchant banking. The Bank Holding Company Act requires every financial holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. In approving bank acquisitions by financial holding companies, the Federal Reserve Board is required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the financial holding company and the banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, and various competitive factors. The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring “control” of a financial holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. In addition, any entity is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquirer that is a bank holding company) or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock, or otherwise obtaining control or a “controlling influence” over the Company.

The Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and can assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis. Bank holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, such as extensions of credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates.

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of its banking subsidiaries and commit resources to their support. The Federal Reserve Board may charge the holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to a subsidiary bank when required. Any capital loans by the Company to its subsidiary bank would be subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders is primarily dependent on the ability of the Bank, the Company’s bank subsidiary, to pay dividends to the Company. The ability of both the Company and the Bank to pay dividends is limited by federal statutes, regulations and policies. For example, it is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the holding company’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Furthermore, the Bank must obtain regulatory approval for the payment of dividends if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year would exceed the total of the Bank’s net profits, as defined by applicable regulations, for that year, combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years. The Bank may not pay a dividend in an amount greater than its undivided profits then on hand after deducting its losses and bad debts, as defined by applicable regulations.

The Federal Reserve Board has established risk-based capital guidelines that are applicable to financial holding companies. The guidelines established a framework intended to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking organizations and take off-balance sheet exposures into explicit account in assessing capital adequacy. The Federal Reserve Board guidelines define the components of capital, categorize assets into different risk classes, and include certain off-balance sheet items in the calculation of risk-weighted assets. At least half of the total capital must be comprised of common equity, retained earnings and a limited amount of perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill (“Tier 1 capital”). Banking organizations that are subject to the guidelines are required to maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.00% and a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.00%. The appropriate regulatory authority may set higher capital requirements when an organization’s particular circumstances warrant. The remainder (“Tier 2 capital”) may consist of a limited amount of subordinated debt, limited-life preferred stock, certain other instruments and a limited amount of loan and lease loss reserves. The sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital is “total risk-based capital.” The Company’s Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios as of December 31, 2006 were 10.14% and 10.97%, respectively.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to quarterly average assets less goodwill (“Tier 1 leverage ratio”) of 3.00% for financial holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest regulatory rating. All other financial holding companies are required to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3.00% plus an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points. The Company’s Tier 1 leverage ratio as of December 31, 2006 was 7.34%, which exceeded its regulatory requirement of 4.00%. The guidelines provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“Gramm-Leach”) permits, subject to certain conditions, combinations among banks, securities firms and insurance companies. Under Gramm-Leach, bank holding companies are permitted to offer their customers virtually any type of financial service including banking, securities underwriting,

4



insurance (both underwriting and agency), and merchant banking. In order to engage in these additional financial activities, a financial holding company must qualify and register with the Federal Reserve Board, as the Company has, as a “financial holding company” by meeting certain higher standards for capital adequacy and management, with heavy penalties for noncompliance. Gramm-Leach establishes that the federal banking agencies will regulate the banking activities of financial holding companies and banks’ financial subsidiaries, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission will regulate their securities activities and state insurance regulators will regulate their insurance activities. Bank holding companies that wish to engage in expanded activities but do not wish to become financial holding companies may elect to establish “financial subsidiaries,” which are subsidiaries of national banks with expanded powers. Gramm-Leach permits financial subsidiaries to engage in the same types of activities permissible for nonbank subsidiaries of financial holding companies, with the exception of merchant banking, insurance and annuity underwriting and real estate investment and development. Merchant banking may be permitted after a five-year waiting period under certain regulatory circumstances. Gramm-Leach also provides new protections against the transfer and use by financial institutions of consumers’ nonpublic, personal information.

Transactions between the holding company and its subsidiary bank are subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act and to the requirements of Regulation W. In general, Section 23A imposes limits on the amount of such transactions, and also requires certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties. It also limits the amount of advances to third parties which are collateralized by the securities or obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries. Affiliate transactions are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and to the requirements of Regulation W, which generally require that certain transactions between the holding company and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the banks, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated persons. The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred to herein as “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all insured institutions and their subsidiaries and holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such a loan can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions.

As a national bank, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, regulation, and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and secondary regulation by the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board. The Bank is subject to federal statutes and regulations that significantly affect its business and activities. The Bank must file reports with its regulators concerning its activities and financial condition and obtain regulatory approval to enter into certain transactions. Other applicable statutes and regulations relate to insurance of deposits, allowable investments, loans, acceptance of deposits, trust activities, mergers, consolidations, payment of dividends, capital requirements, reserves against deposits, establishment of branches and certain other facilities, limitations on loans to one borrower and loans to affiliated persons, and other aspects of the business of banks. In addition, federal legislation has instructed federal agencies to adopt standards or guidelines governing banks’ internal controls, information systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation and benefits, asset quality, earnings and stock valuation, and other matters. Regulatory authorities have broad flexibility to initiate proceedings designed to prohibit banks from engaging in unsafe and unsound banking practices.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) substantially revised the depository institution regulatory and funding provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and made revisions to several other federal banking statutes. Among other things, federal banking regulators are required to take prompt corrective action in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA identifies the following capital categories for financial institutions: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Rules adopted by the federal banking agencies under FDICIA provide that an institution is deemed to be well capitalized if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and the institution is not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific level for any capital measure. FDICIA imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operation, management, and capital distributions, depending on the capital category in which an institution is classified. At December 31, 2006, the Company and the Bank were in the well-capitalized category, based on the ratios and guidelines noted above.

The Bank must pay assessments to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance protection. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system as required by FDICIA. Under this system, FDIC-insured depository institutions pay insurance premiums at rates based on their risk classification. Institutions assigned to higher risk classifications pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital level and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators. In addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain instances. Under FDIC regulations, no FDIC-insured bank can accept brokered deposits unless it is well-capitalized, or is adequately capitalized and receives a waiver from the FDIC. In addition, these regulations prohibit any bank that is not well-capitalized from paying an interest rate on brokered deposits in excess of three-quarters of one percentage point over certain prevailing market rates.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 was signed into law on February 8, 2006, and gives the FDIC increased flexibility in assessing premiums on banks and savings associations, including the Bank, to pay for deposit insurance and in managing its deposit insurance reserves. The reform legislation provides a credit to all insured institutions, based on the amount of their insured deposits at year-end 1996, to offset the premiums that they may be assessed; combines the BIF and SAIF to form a single Deposit Insurance Fund; increase deposit insurance to $250,000 for Individual Retirement Accounts; and authorizes inflation-based increases in deposit insurance on other accounts every 5 years, beginning in 2011. The FDIC also is directed to conduct studies regarding further deposit insurance reform.

The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service area, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the banks. These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering applications regarding establishing branches, mergers or other bank or branch acquisitions. The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 requires federal banking agencies to make public a rating of a bank’s performance under the CRA. In the case of a bank holding company, the CRA performance record of the banks involved in the transaction are reviewed in connection with the filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction.

The Bank is also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. These laws and regulations include, among others, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such customers. The bank must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer protection laws and regulations as part of their ongoing customer relations. The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (“Check 21 Act” or “the Act”), which became effective on October 28, 2004, creates a new negotiable instrument, called a “substitute check,” which banks are required to accept as the legal equivalent of a paper check if it meets the requirements of the Act. The Act is designed to facilitate check truncation, to foster innovation in the check payment system, and to improve the payment system by shortening processing times and reducing the volume of paper checks.

The earnings of the Company are significantly affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of governmental authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve Board to implement these objectives are open-market operations in U.S. Government securities and federal funds, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These instruments of monetary policy are used in varying combinations to influence the overall level of bank loans, investments and deposits, and the interest rates charged on loans and paid for deposits. The Federal Reserve Board frequently uses these instruments of monetary policy, especially its open-market operations and the discount rate, to influence the level of interest rates and to affect the strength of the economy, the level of inflation or the price of the dollar in foreign exchange markets. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of banking institutions in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. It

5



is not possible to predict the nature of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies, or the effect that they may have on the Company’s business and earnings. Pursuant to Title V of Gramm-Leach, federal banking regulators adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. Under these rules, financial institutions must provide: initial notices to customers about their privacy policies, describing the conditions under which they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates, annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers, and a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties.

As part of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, signed into law on October 26, 2001, Congress adopted the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (“IMLAFATA”). IMLAFATA authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the heads of other government agencies, to adopt special measures applicable to banks, bank holding companies, or other financial institutions. Pursuant to this statute, the Department of the Treasury has issued a number of regulations relating to enhanced recordkeeping and reporting requirements for certain financial transactions that are of primary money laundering concern, due diligence requirements concerning the beneficial ownership of certain types of accounts, and restrictions or prohibitions on certain types of accounts with foreign financial institutions. Covered financial institutions also are barred from dealing with foreign “shell” banks. In addition, IMLAFATA expands the circumstances under which funds in a bank account may be forfeited and requires covered financial institutions to respond under certain circumstances to requests for information from federal banking agencies within 120 hours. These regulations were also adopted during 2002 to implement minimum standards to verify customer identity, to encourage cooperation among financial institutions, federal banking agencies, and law enforcement authorities regarding possible money laundering or terrorist activities, to prohibit the anonymous use of “concentration accounts,” and to require all covered financial institutions to have in place a Bank Secrecy Act compliance program. IMLAFATA also amends the Bank Holding Company Act and the Bank Merger Act to require federal banking agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing an application under these acts.

The Bank has in place a Bank Secrecy Act compliance program, and engages in very few transactions of any kind with foreign financial institutions or foreign persons.

On July 30, 2002, the President signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Act”), implementing legislative reforms intended to address corporate and accounting fraud. In addition to the establishment of a new accounting oversight board that enforces auditing, quality control and independence standards and is funded by fees from all publicly traded companies, the law restricts provision of both auditing and consulting services by accounting firms. To ensure auditor independence, any nonaudit services being provided to an audit client require preapproval by the issuer’s audit committee members. In addition, the audit partners must be rotated. The Act requires chief executive officers and chief financial officers, or their equivalent, to certify to the accuracy of periodic reports filed with the SEC, subject to civil and criminal penalties if they knowingly or willfully violate this certification requirement. In addition, under the Act, legal counsel is required to report evidence of a material violation of the securities laws or a breach of fiduciary duty by a company to its chief executive officer or its chief financial officer, and, if such officer does not appropriately respond, to report such evidence to the audit committee or other similar committee of the board of directors or the board itself.

Longer prison terms and increased penalties are also applied to corporate executives who violate federal securities laws, the period during which certain types of suits can be brought against a company or its officers has been extended, and bonuses issued to top executives prior to restatement of a company’s financial statements are subject to disgorgement if such restatement was due to corporate misconduct. Executives are also prohibited from insider trading during retirement plan “blackout” periods, and loans to company executives are restricted. The Act accelerates the time frame for disclosures by public companies, as they must immediately disclose any material changes in their financial condition or operations. Directors and executive officers must also provide information for most changes in ownership in a company’s securities within two business days of the change.

The Act also prohibits any officer or director of a company or any other person acting under their direction from taking any action to fraudulently influence, coerce, manipulate or mislead any independent public or certified accountant engaged in the audit of the company’s financial statements for the purpose of rendering the financial statement’s materially misleading. The Act also requires the SEC to prescribe rules requiring inclusion of an internal control report and assessment by management in the annual report to stockholders. In addition, the Act requires that each financial report required to be prepared in accordance with (or reconciled to) accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and filed with the SEC reflect all material correcting adjustments that are identified by a “registered public accounting firm” in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

As directed by Section 302(a) of the Act, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer are each required to certify that the Company’s quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The Act imposes several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls; they have made certain disclosures to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors about the Company’s internal controls; and they have included information in the Company’s quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls during the last quarter.

In 1970, the U. S. Congress enacted the Fair Credit Reporting Act (the “FCRA”) in order to ensure the confidentiality, accuracy, relevancy and proper utilization of consumer credit report information. Under the framework of the FCRA, the United States has developed a highly advanced and efficient credit reporting system. The information contained in that broad system is used by financial institutions, retailers and other creditors of every size in making a wide variety of decisions regarding financial transactions. Employers and law enforcement agencies have also made wide use of the information collected and maintained in databases made possible by the FCRA. The FCRA affirmatively preempts state law in a number of areas, including the ability of entities affiliated by common ownership to share and exchange information freely, and the requirements on credit bureaus to reinvestigate the contents of reports in response to consumer complaints, among others. By its terms, the preemption provisions of the FCRA were to terminate as of December 31, 2003. With the enactment of the Fair and Accurate Transactions Act (FACT Act) in late 2003, the preemption provisions of FCRA were extended, although the FACT Act imposes additional requirements on entities that gather and share consumer credit information. The FACT Act required the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Trade Commission to issue final regulations within nine months of the effective date of the Act. A series of regulations and announcements have been promulgated, including a joint FTC/FRB announcement of effective dates for FCRA amendments, the FTC’s “Free Credit Report” rule, revisions to the FTC’s FACT Act Rules, the FTC’s final rules on identity theft and proof of identity, the FTC’s final regulation on consumer information and records disposal, the FTC’s final summaries and notices and a final rule on prescreen notices.

On March 1, 2005 the Federal Reserve Board issued a final rule that allows the continued inclusion of trust preferred securities in the Tier 1 capital of bank holding companies. Trust preferred securities, however, will be subject to stricter quantitative limits. The rule provides that trust preferred securities, together with other “restricted core capital elements,” can be included in a bank holding company’s Tier 1 capital up to 25% of the sum of core capital elements, including “restricted core capital elements,” as defined in the rule. At December 31, 2006, the Company’s trust preferred securities comprised 23.1% of the sum of the Company’s core capital elements.

6



Item 1A — Risk Factors

There are risks inherent to the Company’s business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company are described below. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair the Company’s business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

The Company is Subject to Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon its net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the Company’s control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest the Company receives on loans and securities and the amount of interest it pays on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect (i) the Company’s ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (ii) the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, and (iii) the average duration of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities portfolio. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, the Company’s net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings.

Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to reduce the potential effects of changes in interest rates on the Company’s results of operations, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. See the section captioned “Net Interest Income” in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk located elsewhere in this report for further discussion related to the Company’s management of interest rate risk.

The Company is Subject to Lending Risk

There are inherent risks associated with the Company’s lending activities. These risks include, among other things, the impact of changes in interest rates and changes in the economic conditions in the markets where the Company operates as well as the State of New York and the entire United States. Increases in interest rates and/or weakening economic conditions could adversely impact the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans or the value of the collateral securing these loans. The Company is also subject to various laws and regulations that affect its lending activities. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject the Company to regulatory enforcement action that could result in the assessment of significant civil money penalties against the Company.

As of December 31, 2006, approximately 40.2% of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio consisted of commercial loans and leases net of unearned income. These types of loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans or consumer loans. Commercial loans are also typically larger than residential real estate loans and consumer loans. Because the Company’s loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in non-performing loans. An increase in nonperforming loans could result in a net loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses and an increase in loan charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. See the section captioned “Loans and Leases” in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations located elsewhere in this report for further discussion related to commercial loans and leases.

The Company’s Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses May Be Insufficient

The Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses, which is an allowance established through a provision for loan and lease losses charged to expense, that represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that may be incurred within the existing portfolio of loans and leases. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan and lease losses and risks inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations; specific credit risks; loan loss experience; current loan and lease portfolio quality; present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires the Company to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of the Company’s control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan and lease losses, the Company will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan and lease losses. These increases in the allowance for loan and lease losses will result in a decrease in net income and, possibly, capital, and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. See the section captioned “Loan Quality and the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations located elsewhere in this report for further discussion related to the Company’s process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The Company’s Profitability Depends Significantly on Economic Conditions in Upstate New York

The Company’s success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of upstate New York and the specific local markets in which the Company operates. Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, the Company provides banking and financial services to customers primarily in the upstate New York counties of Cortland, Erie, Madison, Oneida, Onondaga and Oswego. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the demand for the Company’s products and services as well as the ability of the Company’s customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans and the stability of the Company’s deposit funding sources. A significant decline in general economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic occurrences, unemployment, changes in securities markets or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company Operates In a Highly Competitive Industry and Market Area

The Company faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional, and community banks within the various markets where the Company operates. Additionally, various

7



out-of-state banks continue to enter or have announced plans to enter the market areas in which the Company currently operates. The Company also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, factoring companies and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of the Company’s competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than the Company can. The Company’s ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

 

 

The ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets.

 

 

The ability to expand the Company’s market position.

 

 

The ability to develop and maintain relationships with certain leasing intermediaries which provide a substantial portion of our leasing business.

 

 

The scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands.

 

 

The rate at which the Company introduces new products and services relative to its competitors.

 

 

Customer satisfaction with the Company’s level of service.

 

 

Industry and general economic trends.

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken the Company’s competitive position, which could adversely affect the Company’s growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company Is Subject To Extensive Government Regulation and Supervision

The Company, primarily through its subsidiary bank, is subject to extensive federal regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject the Company to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products the Company may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur. See the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1. Business, which is located elsewhere in this report.

The Company’s Controls and Procedures May Fail or Be Circumvented

Management regularly reviews and updates the Company’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Company’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

New Lines of Business or New Products and Services May Subject the Company to Additional Risks

From time to time, the Company may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services the Company may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company Relies on Dividends from Its Subsidiary for Most of Its Revenue

The Company is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. It receives substantially all of its revenue from dividends from its subsidiary bank. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on the Company’s common stock and interest and principal on the Company’s debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that Alliance Bank may pay to the Company. Also, the Company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event Alliance Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Company, the Company may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on the Company’s common stock.

The inability to receive dividends from Alliance Bank could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. See the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1. Business and Note 19 – Dividends and Restrictions in the notes to consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, which are located elsewhere in this report.

The Company May Not Be Able To Attract and Retain Skilled People

The Company’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by the Company can be intense and the Company may not be able to hire people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of the Company’s key personnel could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business because of their skills, knowledge of the Company’s market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.

8



In March 2007, the president of the Bank’s leasing subsidiary notified the Company of his intention to pursue an opportunity with another financial services company. The Company’s ability to replace this individual with the appropriate specialized skills in a timely manner may have an impact on the rate of growth of the leasing portfolio in the near-term.

The Company’s Information Systems May Experience an Interruption Or Breach In Security

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of its information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of the Company’s information systems could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company Continually Encounters Technological Change

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. The Company’s future success depends, in part, upon its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in the Company’s operations. Many of the Company’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and, in turn, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Severe Weather, Natural Disasters, Acts of War or Terrorism and Other External Events Could Significantly Impact the Company’s Business

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on the Company’s ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of the Company’s deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause the Company to incur additional expenses. Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws and Shareholder Rights Plan As Well As Certain Banking Laws May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect

Provisions of the Company’s articles of incorporation and by-laws, federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, and the Company’s stock purchase rights plan could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to the Company’s stockholders. The combination of these provisions effectively inhibits a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.

Item 1B. — Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2 — Properties

The Company conducts business in upstate New York State through 29 banking offices and two administration centers. The Company leases its corporate administrative center, located in Syracuse, NY. Eleven banking offices and one of the administrative centers are subject to leases and/or land leases. The other banking offices and administrative center are owned. The administrative center that we own was acquired from Bridge Street and is currently unoccupied. This property is classified with assets held for sale at December 31, 2006.

Item 3 — Legal Proceedings

In December of 1998, the Oneida Indian Nation (“The Nation”) and the U.S. Justice Department filed a motion to amend a long-standing land claim against the State of New York to include a class of 20,000 unnamed defendants who own real property in Madison County and Oneida County. An additional motion sought to include the Company as a representative of a class of landowners. On September 25, 2000, the United States District Court of the Northern District of New York rendered a decision denying the motion to include the landowners as a group, and thus, excluding the Company and many of its borrowers from the litigation. The State of New York, the County of Madison and the County of Oneida remain as defendants in the litigation. This ruling may be appealed by The Nation, and does not prevent The Nation from suing landowners individually, in which case the litigation could involve assets of the Company. On August 3, 2001, the Justice Department moved to amend its complaint to drop landowners as defendants. Management believes that, ultimately, the State of New York will be held responsible for these claims and that this matter will be settled without adversely impacting the Company, although to date efforts to settle this litigation have been unsuccessful.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to various claims, legal proceedings and matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. In management’s opinion, no pending action, if adversely decided, would materially affect the Company’s financial condition.

Item 4 — Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matter was submitted to a vote of the Company’s security holders during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2006.

9



PART II

Item 5 — Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock Data

The common stock of the Company is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ALNC.” Market makers for the stock include Ryan, Beck & Company (800-342-2325), Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (800-635-6851), and McConnell Budd & Romano (800-538-6957). There were 1,030 shareholders of record as of December 31, 2006. The following table presents stock prices for the Company for 2006 and 2005. Stock prices below are based on daily high and low closing prices for the quarter, as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividend Declared

 


 


 


 


 

1st Quarter

 

$

32.75

 

$

30.26

 

 

$

0.22

 

 

2nd Quarter

 

$

31.00

 

$

27.29

 

 

$

0.22

 

 

3rd Quarter

 

$

32.97

 

$

29.51

 

 

$

0.22

 

 

4th Quarter

 

$

32.54

 

$

29.85

 

 

$

0.22

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividend Declared

 


 


 


 


 

1st Quarter

 

$

32.00

 

$

29.50

 

 

$

0.21

 

 

2nd Quarter

 

$

31.84

 

$

29.55

 

 

$

0.21

 

 

3rd Quarter

 

$

32.14

 

$

29.01

 

 

$

0.21

 

 

4th Quarter

 

$

32.35

 

$

29.81

 

 

$

0.21

 

 

Registrar and Transfer Agent

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
59 Maiden Lane
New York, NY 10038

Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan

The Company has an automatic dividend reinvestment plan. This plan is administered by American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as agent. It offers a convenient way for shareholders to increase their investment in the Company. The plan enables certain shareholders to reinvest cash dividends on all or part of their common stock in additional shares of the Company’s common stock without paying brokerage commissions or service charges. Shareholders who are interested in this program may receive a Plan Prospectus and enrollment card by calling ASTC Dividend Reinvestment at 1-800-278-4353, or writing to the following address:

Dividend Reinvestment
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
59 Maiden Lane
New York, NY 10038

The Company has historically paid regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock, and the Board of Directors presently intends to continue the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends, subject to the need for those funds for debt service and other purposes. However, because substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends will depend upon the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition and its need for funds. Furthermore, there are a number of federal banking policies and regulations that restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends. In particular, because the Bank is a depository institution whose deposits are insured by the FDIC, it may not pay dividends or distribute capital assets if it is in default on any assessment due the FDIC. Also, as a national bank, the Bank is subject to OCC regulations which impose certain minimum capital requirements that would affect the amount of cash available for distribution to the Company. In addition, under Federal Reserve policy, the Company is required to maintain adequate regulatory capital, is expected to serve as a source of financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank. These policies and regulations may have the effect of reducing the amount of dividends that the Company can declare to its shareholders.

10



On September 28, 2005, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, or approximately 180,000 shares, over a 12-month period commencing on October 1, 2005. On October 5, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a six month extension of the repurchase program through March 2007. The following table provides information with respect to repurchases of the Company’s common stock in accordance with the repurchase plan during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased

 

Average Price Paid
Per Share

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plan

 

Maximum Number of
Shares that may yet be
Purchased under the
Plan

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126,312

 

10/1/06 – 10/31/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126,312

 

11/1/06 – 11/30/06

 

 

90,182

 

$

30.76

 

 

90,182

 

 

36,130

 

12/1/06 – 12/31/06

 

 

4,300

 

$

30.77

 

 

4,300

 

 

31,830

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

94,482

 

$

30.76

 

 

94,482

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

11



Stock Performance Graph

 

The graph below matches Alliance Financial Corporation's cumulative 5-year total shareholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the S & P 500 index, the Russell 3000 index and the NASDAQ Bank index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and in each of the indexes (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from 12/31/2001 to 12/31/2006.

 


 

 

Period Ending

Index

12/31/01

12/31/02

12/31/03

12/31/04

12/31/05

12/31/06

Alliance Financial Corporation

100.00

116.96

141.56

139.10

150.41

153.73

S&P 500

100.00

77.90

100.24

111.15

116.61

135.03

Russell 3000

100.00

78.46

102.83

115.11

122.16

141.35

SNL NASDAQ Bank

100.00

59.14

89.11

103.85

130.57

166.05

 

 

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

 

12



Item 6 — Selected Financial Data

Five-Year Comparative Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Selected Financial Condition Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

1,272,967

 

$

983,256

 

$

893,934

 

$

826,255

 

$

774,950

 

Loans & leases

 

 

882,566

 

 

654,086

 

 

526,100

 

 

479,055

 

 

419,388

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

7,029

 

 

4,960

 

 

5,267

 

 

6,069

 

 

5,019

 

Investment securities

 

 

263,987

 

 

267,494

 

 

319,758

 

 

299,031

 

 

308,806

 

Goodwill

 

 

33,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

14,912

 

 

9,671

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

935,596

 

 

739,118

 

 

623,121

 

 

561,400

 

 

546,653

 

Borrowings

 

 

179,650

 

 

150,429

 

 

181,854

 

 

178,483

 

 

154,667

 

Junior subordinated obligations

 

 

25,774

 

 

10,310

 

 

10,310

 

 

10,310

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

$

109,506

 

$

69,571

 

$

68,896

 

$

66,153

 

$

62,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust assets under management (Market value, not included in Total Assets)

 

$

927,674

 

$

862,504

 

$

282,281

 

$

252,621

 

$

213,131

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Operating Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

57,773

 

$

46,425

 

$

41,002

 

$

40,158

 

$

42,841

 

Interest expense

 

 

29,951

 

 

19,336

 

 

12,684

 

 

12,827

 

 

15,944

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net interest income

 

 

27,822

 

 

27,089

 

 

28,318

 

 

27,331

 

 

26,897

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

2,477

 

 

144

 

 

984

 

 

2,349

 

 

1,895

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

25,345

 

 

26,945

 

 

27,334

 

 

24,982

 

 

25,002

 

Non-interest income

 

 

17,718

 

 

14,156

 

 

9,006

 

 

9,689

 

 

6,796

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total Operating income

 

 

43,063

 

 

41,101

 

 

36,340

 

 

34,671

 

 

31,798

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

33,990

 

 

31,440

 

 

27,159

 

 

23,868

 

 

22,536

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Income before taxes

 

 

9,073

 

 

9,661

 

 

9,181

 

 

10,803

 

 

9,262

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1,762

 

 

2,154

 

 

1,926

 

 

2,792

 

 

2,351

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net Income

 

$

7,311

 

$

7,507

 

$

7,255

 

$

8,011

 

$

6,911

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock and Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

1.92

 

$

2.09

 

$

2.03

 

$

2.28

 

$

2.00

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.88

 

$

2.05

 

$

2.00

 

$

2.23

 

$

1.98

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

3,804,711

 

 

3,593,864

 

 

3,565,226

 

 

3,510,074

 

 

3,448,431

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

3,874,484

 

 

3,664,684

 

 

3,631,806

 

 

3,584,930

 

 

3,482,809

 

Cash dividends declared

 

$

0.88

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.84

 

$

0.94

 

$

0.79

 

Dividend payout ratio (1)

 

 

46.8

%

 

41.0

%

 

42.0

%

 

42.2

%

 

39.9

%

Book value

 

$

22.81

 

$

19.52

 

$

19.29

 

$

18.72

 

$

18.23

 

Tangible book value

 

$

12.74

 

$

16.80

 

$

19.29

 

$

18.72

 

$

18.23

 


 

 

(1)

Cash dividends declared per share divided by diluted earnings per share.

13



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

Selected Financial and Other Data (1)

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets

 

 

0.69

%

 

0.80

%

 

0.84

%

 

1.01

%

 

0.93

%

Return on average equity

 

 

9.40

%

 

10.75

%

 

10.75

%

 

12.34

%

 

11.96

%

Non-interest income to total income(2)

 

 

38.91

%

 

34.35

%

 

22.64

%

 

23.82

%

 

18.25

%

Efficiency Ratio

 

 

74.63

%

 

76.19

%

 

74.19

%

 

66.53

%

 

68.49

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate/Yield Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Yield on earning assets

 

 

6.05

%

 

5.47

%

 

5.26

%

 

5.65

%

 

6.35

%

Cost of funds

 

 

3.46

%

 

2.48

%

 

1.77

%

 

1.95

%

 

2.56

%

Net interest rate spread

 

 

2.59

%

 

2.99

%

 

3.49

%

 

3.70

%

 

3.79

%

Net interest margin (tax equivalent)(3)

 

 

3.02

%

 

3.28

%

 

3.69

%

 

3.91

%

 

4.05

%


 

 

 

 

(1)

Averages presented are daily averages

 

 

 

 

(2)

Non-interest income (net of realized gains and losses on securities) divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income (net of realized gains and losses on securities

 

 

 

 

(3)

Tax equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At or for the Year ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Asset Quality Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases

 

 

0.30

%

 

0.25

%

 

0.53

%

 

0.98

%

 

0.38

%

Non-performing assets to total assets

 

 

0.21

%

 

0.17

%

 

0.31

%

 

0.57

%

 

0.21

%

Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans and leases

 

 

266.35

%

 

304.67

%

 

191.46

%

 

130.43

%

 

360.56

%

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases

 

 

0.80

%

 

0.76

%

 

1.00

%

 

1.27

%

 

1.20

%

Net charge-offs to average loans and leases

 

 

0.23

%

 

0.08

%

 

0.36

%

 

0.29

%

 

0.33

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets

 

 

7.37

%

 

7.43

%

 

7.82

%

 

8.21

%

 

7.79

%

Tier 1 (core) capital

 

 

7.53

%

 

7.42

%

 

8.70

%

 

8.92

%

 

7.41

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

 

10.42

%

 

10.93

%

 

14.34

%

 

14.70

%

 

12.94

%

Total risk-based capital

 

 

11.26

%

 

11.72

%

 

15.34

%

 

15.93

%

 

14.09

%

14



Summarized quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

 

 


 

 

 

12/31/06

 

9/30/06

 

6/30/06

 

3/31/06

 

12/31/05

 

9/30/05

 

6/30/05

 

3/31/05

 

 

 
















 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

17,433

 

$

14,066

 

$

13,565

 

$

12,709

 

$

12,584

 

$

11,997

 

$

11,228

 

$

10,616

 

Total interest expense

 

 

9,248

 

 

7,604

 

 

6,925

 

 

6.174

 

 

5,743

 

 

5,265

 

 

4,515

 

 

3,813

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Net interest income

 

 

8,185

 

 

6,462

 

 

6,640

 

 

6,535

 

 

6,841

 

 

6,732

 

 

6,713

 

 

6,803

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

510

 

 

550

 

 

417

 

 

1,000

 

 

178

 

 

125

 

 

385

 

 

(544

)

Non-interest income

 

 

5,476

 

 

4,170

 

 

4,041

 

 

4,031

 

 

3,899

 

 

3,724

 

 

3,583

 

 

2,949

 

Operating expense

 

 

10,756

 

 

7,688

 

 

7,723

 

 

7,823

 

 

8,457

 

 

7,734

 

 

7,633

 

 

7,615

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Income before income taxes

 

 

2,395

 

 

2,394

 

 

2,541

 

 

1,743

 

 

2,105

 

 

2,597

 

 

2,278

 

 

2,681

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

315

 

 

575

 

 

569

 

 

303

 

 

342

 

 

615

 

 

530

 

 

667

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Net Income

 

$

2,080

 

$

1,819

 

$

1,972

 

$

1,440

 

$

1,763

 

$

1,982

 

$

1,748

 

$

2,014

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.56

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.49

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.49

 

$

0.56

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.51

 

$

0.54

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.48

 

$

0.54

 

$

0.48

 

$

0.55

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

4,720,384

 

 

3,503,851

 

 

3,487,279

 

 

3,566,228

 

 

3,592,579

 

 

3,597,758

 

 

3,597,397

 

 

3,587,627

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

4,801,544

 

 

3,585,204

 

 

3,638,442

 

 

3,639,637

 

 

3,664,305

 

 

3,669,419

 

 

3,668,813

 

 

3,663,242

 

Cash dividends declared per share

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.21

 

Net interest margin (tax equivalent)

 

 

3.08

%

 

2.91

%

 

3.05

%

 

3.04

%

 

3.19

%

 

3.16

%

 

3.32

%

 

3.47

%

Return on average assets

 

 

0.67

%

 

0.72

%

 

0.80

%

 

0.59

%

 

0.72

%

 

0.82

%

 

0.76

%

 

0.91

%

Return on average equity

 

 

8.31

%

 

10.27

%

 

11.30

%

 

8.18

%

 

9.97

%

 

11.23

%

 

10.14

%

 

11.66

%

Efficiency ratio

 

 

78.74

%

 

72.31

%

 

72.31

%

 

74.04

%

 

78.74

%

 

73.97

%

 

74.14

%

 

78.09

%

Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

Alliance Financial Corporation (the “Company”) is a financial holding company which owns and operates Alliance Bank, N.A., Alliance Financial Capital Trust I, Alliance Financial Capital Trust II (collectively the “Capital Trusts”) and Ladd’s Agency, Inc., a multi-line insurance agency. The Company provides financial services through its Bank subsidiary from 29 customer service facilities in the New York counties of Cortland, Madison, Oneida, Onondaga, Oswego, and from a Trust Administration Center in Buffalo, NY, in Erie County. Primary services include commercial, retail and municipal banking, consumer finance, mortgage financing and servicing, and trust and investment management services. The Capital Trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable capital securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of such capital securities solely in junior subordinated debt securities of the Company. The Bank has a substantially wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Preferred Funding Corp., which is engaged in residential real estate activity, and a wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Leasing, Inc., which is engaged in commercial leasing activity in over 30 states.

The following discussion and analysis reviews the Company’s business, and provides information that is intended to provide the reader with a further understanding of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its operating subsidiaries. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, and other informa­tion included elsewhere in this Annual­ Report on Form 10-K.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when available. When third-party information is not available, valuation adjustments are estimated in good faith by management.

The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in this discussion, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, management has identified the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, accrued income taxes, pensions and post-retirement obligations and the fair value analysis of goodwill and intangible assets to be the accounting areas that require the most subjective and complex judgments, and as such could be the most subject to revision as new information becomes available. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

15



The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management’s estimate of probable loan and lease losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans and leases, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans and leases based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The loan and lease portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the consolidated balance sheet. Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements describes the methodology used to determine the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses is included in this report.

The Company estimates its tax expense based on the amount it expects to owe the respective tax authorities. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Note 14 of the consolidated financial statements section of this report. Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due or to be received from taxing authorities. In estimating accrued taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of the Corporation’s tax position. If the final resolution of taxes payable differs from our estimates due to regulatory determination or legislative or judicial actions, adjustments to tax expense may be required.

The Company utilizes significant estimates and assumptions in determining the fair value of its intangible asset for purposes of impairment testing. The valuation requires the use of assumptions, including, among others, discount rates, rates of return on assets, account attrition rates and costs of servicing.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Earnings Summary and Executive Overview

Net income for 2006 was $7.3 million, a decrease of $196,000, or 2.6%, compared to net income of $7.5 million in 2005. Diluted earnings per share was $1.88 in 2006, down 8.3%, or $0.17 per share, compared to $2.05 per share in 2005. The decline in diluted earnings per share resulted primarily from the issuance of 1,292,000 shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition combined with incremental earnings from the acquisition being substantially offset by integration and closing costs.

A 12.1% increase in average interest earning assets offset a 26 basis point decrease in our net interest margin compared with 2005 caused largely by the flat yield curve throughout 2006, resulting in a modest 2.7% increase in net interest income. Non-interest income increased $3.6 million compared with 2005, resulting largely from our expanded trust business and higher service charges, while operating expenses increased $2.6 million due in large part to the acquisition of Bridge Street and the associated one-time and ongoing expenses. The provision for loan and lease losses increased $2.3 million in 2006 compared with 2005 due to the growth and changing mix of our loan and lease portfolio and to a higher level of charge-offs in 2006, including two relationships totaling $951,000 which were charged off in the first half of 2006.

Net income for 2005 was $7.5 million, an increase of $252,000, or 3.5%, compared to net income of $7.3 million in 2004. Diluted earnings per share for 2005 increased 2.5% to $2.05 per share, compared to $2.00 per share in 2004. Strong growth in the Bank’s earning assets in 2005, with average loans and leases up 17.5%, was funded by average deposit growth of 12.5%. The growth was achieved with a focus on building business and personal account balances across the Bank’s expanding branch network. The Bank’s strategic initiative to target branch expansion in Onondaga County, continued in 2005 with the fourth quarter opening of a de-novo branch and the relocation of another branch to a new facility in an improved location. Although growth in loans and deposits was strong in 2005, the continued rise in short-term market interest rates combined with a flattening yield curve compressed the Company’s net interest margin. As a result, the net interest margin declined to 3.28% in 2005 from 3.69% in 2004.

In February 2005, Alliance acquired a portfolio of personal trust accounts and related assets under management from HSBC, USA, N.A. and assumed the successor trustee role from HSBC on approximately 1,800 personal trust accounts and further assumed approximately $560 million in assets under management. The acquisition generated fee income in excess of $6 million in 2005 and increased non-interest income.

Net Interest Income

The net interest income of the Bank is the Company’s principal source of operating income for payment of overhead and providing for loan and lease losses. It is the amount by which interest and fees on loans and leases, investments, and other earning assets exceed the cost of deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income totaled $27.8 million in 2006, compared to $27.1 million in 2005, reflecting the favorable impact of the increase in average earning assets, which offset the effect of a lower net interest margin in 2006. Average earning assets increased $107.1 million in 2006, due largely to organic growth in our leasing and indirect loan portfolios, which increased $54.2 million and $32.6 million, respectively. The rest of our earning asset growth resulted from a combination of new loan originations and from assets acquired from Bridge Street in October 2006.

Net interest income declined $1.2 million or 4.3% in 2005 compared with 2004 due to a decrease in the Company’s net interest margin which offset average earning asset growth of $73.0 million or 9.0% in 2006. The Company’s 2005 tax equivalent net interest margin of 3.28% was down 41 basis points compared to 3.69% in 2004. The net interest margin compression in 2006 and 2005 was primarily the result of rising short-term market interest rates that increased the Bank’s cost of funds on a large percentage of its interest-bearing liabilities with short-term maturity or variable interest rate characteristics. The flattening of the yield curve provided less benefit to the yields on a significant percentage of the Company’s interest earning assets that have a pricing correlation with intermediate and longer-term market interest rates, and that rose less than short-term rates during the year.

Higher short-term interest rates and the persistently flat yield curve and periods of yield curve inversions over the past year, along with highly competitive deposit pricing and customer preference for higher yielding time deposits over savings and money market accounts continued to negatively impact our net interest margin in 2006. An increase in our earning asset yield of 58 basis points in 2006 compared with 2005 was offset by an increase in our cost of funds of 98 basis points over the same period. The net interest margin on a tax-equivalent basis was 3.02% in 2006, compared with 3.28% in 2005.

The average balance of our investment securities portfolio decreased $29.4 million in 2006 and $14.5 million in 2005 as we reinvested some of the cash flows from the portfolio in loans and leases with yields higher than those available in the types of securities we typically hold in our portfolio. As a result, investment securities comprised 26.3% of total average earning assets in 2006, down from 32.8% in 2005 and 37.6% in 2004.

Average loans and leases (net of unearned income) increased to 73.4% of average earning assets in 2006, from 66.7% in 2005 and 61.9% in 2004. The mix of our loan and lease portfolio also changed somewhat as a result of the strong growth in our leasing and indirect lending portfolios. Leases accounted for 9.1% of average loans and leases in 2006, compared with 4.1% in 2005 and 0.7% in 2004. Indirect loans were 18.2% of total loans and leases in 2006, up from 16.7% in 2005 and 13.6% in 2004.

16



Average loans and leases (net of unearned income) increased $138.1 million in 2006, with leases and indirect loans comprising 39.2% and 23.6%, respectively, of the increase. A large part of the growth in our leasing portfolio occurred during the second half of 2006, reflecting the success of our efforts to expand this business line. We originate leases through reputable, well-established middle market leasing companies, and through vendor and direct customer relationships, with an emphasis on the medical, education and municipal sectors. The leases are underwritten using our typical commercial credit standards, and the collateral securing the leases is generally readily marketable. The president of the Bank’s leasing subsidiary notified the Company in March 2007 of his intention to pursue an opportunity with another financial services company. The Company’s ability to replace this individual with the appropriate specialized skills in a timely manner may have an impact on the rate of growth of the leasing portfolio in the near-term.

The rate of growth in our indirect loan portfolio slowed in the second half of 2006 as we increased our indirect loan rates in an effort to slow the rate of growth in these loans, as highly competitive pricing and higher funding costs have negatively impacted the profitability of indirect lending. As a result, we anticipate the rate of growth in this portfolio in 2007 will be less than that of 2006.

Increases in average residential loans, which accounted for 19.5% of the increase in average loans and leases, and commercial loans (12.2% of the increase in average loans and leases) resulted from a combination of new loan originations and assets acquired from Bridge Street. Highly competitive lending conditions and ample availability of commercial financing in our market area has contributed to slower growth in our commercial loan portfolio in recent quarters. We expect this highly competitive lending environment will continue for the foreseeable future. Commercial lending continues to be an important part of our growth strategy, and we have realigned our commercial lending division and implemented a more focused business development strategy in an effort to increase the rate of growth in this portfolio in coming quarters.

Average loans and leases increased $87.5 million in 2005 compared with 2004 with leases and indirect auto loans accounting for 35.4% and 42.2%, respectively, of the total growth in average loans and leases. The growth in our lease portfolio reflects our efforts to expand this portion of our portfolio, as noted above. Average indirect auto loans in 2005 increased 33.4%, or $36.9 million, however the yield on this portfolio decreased 2 basis points in spite of a rising interest rate environment due largely to the highly competitive market for indirect auto loans in our market. Average commercial loans in 2005 increased $9.8 million, or 6.5%, when compared with the prior year. We experienced smaller rates of growth in our residential mortgage and commercial loan portfolios due to highly competitive market conditions. Average consumer loans increased 8.2% or $5.0 million in 2005 due largely to growth in home equity lines of credit.

Average deposits increased $105.1 million in 2006 and $77.7 million in 2005 due in large part to the expansion of our franchise through a de-novo branch strategy and the acquisition of Bridge Street in October 2006, and also from our business development activities which emphasizes obtaining the operating accounts of our commercial loan customers. Average deposits represented 83.5% of our total funding sources in 2006, up from 81.5% in 2005 and 79.3% in 2004. We have experienced significant growth in average demand deposits, which increased $27.3 million and $9.0 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, and represented 23.4% of deposits in 2006, compared with 23.0% in 2005 and 24.4% in 2004. The increase in short-term interest rates and competition for deposits caused an increase in the rates we pay on short-term time accounts in 2005 and 2006. As a result, we began to see a movement of funds out of savings and money market accounts and into higher yielding short-term time accounts. Time accounts represented 46.9% of average total deposits in 2006, up from 42.4% in 2005 and 39.4% in 2004. Savings and money market accounts were 7.7% and 21.9% of average deposits in 2006, respectively, compared with 8.5% and 26.1%, respectively in 2005 and 10.4% and 25.8%, respectively, in 2004.

We expect that the highly competitive deposit pricing in our markets, along with the migration of savings and money market deposits to higher rate short-term time accounts, will continue for the foreseeable future. These conditions, along with the current inverted yield curve, are likely to continue to pressure our net interest margin in 2007.

17



The following table sets forth information concerning average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the yields and rates thereon. Interest income and yield information is adjusted for items exempt from federal income taxes and assumes a 34% tax rate. Nonaccrual loans have been included in the average balances. Securities are shown at average amortized cost.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Avg.
Balance

 

Amt. of
Interest

 

Avg.
Yield/
Rate

 

Avg.
Balance

 

Amt. of
Interest

 

Avg.
Yield/
Rate

 

Avg.
Balance

 

Amt. of
Interest

 

Avg.
Yield/
Rate

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold

 

$

2,450

 

$

149

 

 

6.08

%

$

4,094

 

$

128

 

 

3.13

%

$

4,165

 

$

45

 

 

1.08

%

Taxable investment securities

 

 

185,234

 

 

7,744

 

 

4.18

%

 

217,166

 

 

8,304

 

 

3.82

%

 

236,917

 

 

9,313

 

 

3.93

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nontaxable investment securities

 

 

75,410

 

 

4,683

 

 

6.21

%

 

72,868

 

 

4,594

 

 

6.30

%

 

67,578

 

 

4,410

 

 

6.53

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate loans

 

 

205,527

 

 

12,438

 

 

6.05

%

 

178,669

 

 

10,802

 

 

6.05

%

 

173,829

 

 

10,793

 

 

6.21

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

170,870

 

 

13,459

 

 

7.88

%

 

154,030

 

 

10,564

 

 

6.86

%

 

145,101

 

 

8,691

 

 

5.99

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-taxable commercial loans

 

 

6,998

 

 

476

 

 

6.80

%

 

7,036

 

 

417

 

 

5.92

%

 

6,189

 

 

332

 

 

5.36

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable leases (net of unearned income)

 

 

72,597

 

 

5,091

 

 

7.01

%

 

27,375

 

 

1,834

 

 

6.70

%

 

5,116

 

 

472

 

 

9.23

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nontaxable leases (net of unearned income)

 

 

17,907

 

 

1,038

 

 

5.80

%

 

8,894

 

 

518

 

 

5.83

%

 

163

 

 

9

 

 

5.52

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indirect auto loans

 

 

179,994

 

 

9,123

 

 

5.07

%

 

147,364

 

 

6,909

 

 

4.69

%

 

110,464

 

 

5,208

 

 

4.71

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

73,355

 

 

5,680

 

 

7.74

%

 

65,744

 

 

4,235

 

 

6.44

%

 

60,745

 

 

3,344

 

 

5.50

%

 

 






 

 

 

 






 

 

 

 






 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

$

990,342

 

$

59,881

 

 

6.05

%

$

883,240

 

$

48,305

 

 

5.47

%

$

810,267

 

$

42,617

 

 

5.26

%

Non-interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

73,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,338

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

(5,518

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,212

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,033

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities

 

 

(3,227

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,054,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

940,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

862,781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

$

87,221

 

$

519

 

 

0.60

%

$

80,463

 

$

250

 

 

0.31

%

$

83,235

 

$

230

 

 

0.28

%

Savings deposits

 

 

62,412

 

 

339

 

 

0.54

%

 

59,876

 

 

307

 

 

0.51

%

 

64,793

 

 

322

 

 

0.50

%

MMDA deposits

 

 

176,811

 

 

5,141

 

 

2.91

%

 

182,905

 

 

3,955

 

 

2.16

%

 

160,612

 

 

1.868

 

 

1.16

%

Time deposits

 

 

378,402

 

 

16,161

 

 

4.27

%

 

297,040

 

 

8,988

 

 

3.03

%

 

245,747

 

 

6,257

 

 

2.55

%

Borrowings(1)

 

 

145,140

 

 

6,647

 

 

4.58

%

 

149,289

 

 

5,192

 

 

3.48

%

 

152,839

 

 

3,548

 

 

2.32

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated obligations issued to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts

 

 

14,606

 

 

1,144

 

 

7.83

%

 

10,310

 

 

644

 

 

6.25

%

 

10,310

 

 

459

 

 

4.45

%

 

 






 

 

 

 






 

 

 

 






 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

864,592

 

$

29,951

 

 

3.46

%

$

779,883

 

$

19,336

 

 

2.48

%

$

717,536

 

$

12,684

 

 

1.77

%

Non-interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

 

101,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80,757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

11,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,880

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

77,776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,054,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

940,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

862,781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (tax equivalent)

 

 

 

 

$

29,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

28,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

29,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Net interest margin (tax equivalent)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.02

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.28

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.69

%

Net interest rate spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.59

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.99

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.49

%

Federal tax exemption on nontaxable investment securities, loans and leases included in interest income

 

 

 

 

$

2,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,880

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,614

 

 

 

 


 

 

(1)

Includes mortgagors’ escrow funds.

18



The following table sets forth the dollar volume of increase (decrease) in interest income and interest expense resulting from changes in the volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and from changes in rates. Volume changes are computed by multiplying the volume difference by the prior year’s rate. Rate changes are computed by multiplying the rate difference by the prior year’s balance. The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated equally between the volume and rate variances.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006 Compared to 2005

 

2005 Compared to 2004

 

 

 


 



 

 

Increase (decrease due to)

 

Increase (decrease due to)

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net
Change

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net
Change

 

 

 













 

 

(In thousands)

 

Federal funds sold

 

$

(75

)

$

94

 

$

19

 

$

(2

)

$

86

 

$

84

 

Taxable investment securities

 

 

(1,278

)

 

718

 

 

(560

)

 

(766

)

 

(243

)

 

(1,009

)

Non-taxable investment securities

 

 

160

 

 

(69

)

 

91

 

 

339

 

 

(156

)

 

183

 

Real estate loans

 

 

1,624

 

 

12

 

 

1,636

 

 

297

 

 

(288

)

 

9

 

Commercial loans

 

 

1,240

 

 

1,655

 

 

2,895

 

 

574

 

 

1,300

 

 

1,874

 

Non-taxable commercial loans

 

 

(2

)

 

61

 

 

59

 

 

47

 

 

38

 

 

85

 

Taxable leases, net of unearned discount

 

 

3,100

 

 

157

 

 

3,257

 

 

1,773

 

 

(410

)

 

1,363

 

Non-taxable leases, net of unearned discount

 

 

524

 

 

(4

)

 

520

 

 

495

 

 

13

 

 

508

 

Indirect loans

 

 

1,592

 

 

622

 

 

2,214

 

 

1,735

 

 

(34

)

 

1,701

 

Consumer loans

 

 

539

 

 

906

 

 

1,445

 

 

298

 

 

593

 

 

891

 

 

 



















Total interest-earning assets

 

$

7,424

 

$

4,152

 

$

11,576

 

$

4,790

 

$

899

 

$

5,689

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

30

 

 

239

 

 

269

 

 

(9

)

 

29

 

 

20

 

Savings deposits

 

 

13

 

 

19

 

 

32

 

 

(24

)

 

9

 

 

(15

)

MMDA deposits

 

 

(154

)

 

1,340

 

 

1,186

 

 

370

 

 

1,717

 

 

2,087

 

Time deposits

 

 

2,968

 

 

4,205

 

 

7,173

 

 

1,429

 

 

1,302

 

 

2,731

 

Borrowings

 

 

(165

)

 

1,620

 

 

1,455

 

 

(105

)

 

1,749

 

 

1,644

 

Junior subordinated obligations issued to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts

 

 

302

 

 

198

 

 

500

 

 

 

 

186

 

 

186

 

 

 



















Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

2,994

 

$

7,621

 

$

10,615

 

$

1,661

 

$

4,992

 

$

6,653

 

 

 



















 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (tax equivalent)

 

$

4,430

 

$

(3,469

)

$

961

 

$

3,129

 

$

(4,093

)

$

(964

)

 

 



















Non-interest Income

The Company’s non-interest income is primarily derived from its subsidiary Bank, and is comprised of core components that include service charges on deposits, fees from trust and brokerage services, mortgage banking operations that include gains from sales and income from servicing, and other recurring operating income fees from normal banking operations, along with noncore components that primarily consist of net gains or losses from sales of investment securities.

The following table sets forth certain information on non-interest income for the years indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

4,316

 

$

2,957

 

$

3,056

 

Trust and brokerage income

 

 

8,895

 

 

7,864

 

 

1,778

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

 

455

 

 

402

 

 

810

 

Card-related fees

 

 

1,291

 

 

926

 

 

776

 

Insurance agency income

 

 

615

 

 

 

 

 

Rental income from operating leases

 

 

797

 

 

1,186

 

 

783

 

Gain on sale of loans

 

 

126

 

 

163

 

 

197

 

(Losses) gains on sale of securities available-for-sale

 

 

(2

)

 

(19

)

 

717

 

Other operating income

 

 

1,225

 

 

677

 

 

889

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-interest income

 

$

17,718

 

$

14,156

 

$

9,006

 

 

 



 



 



 

Non-interest income was $17.7 million in 2006, which was an increase of $3.6 million or 25.2% compared with $14.2 million in 2005. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $1.4 million or 46.0% due primarily to the impact of changes we made to certain transaction fees in the fourth quarter of 2005, and also to fees earned on accounts acquired from Bridge Street. Trust and brokerage income increased $1.0 million or 13.1% compared with 2005 due to the timing of the acquisition of approximately $560 million of trust assets under management from HSBC, USA N.A., which closed in February 2005, and also to higher trust fees resulting from the positive returns on assets in 2006. Card related fees increased $365,000 in the year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the year ago period due primarily to higher customer debit card utilization and fees earned on former Bridge Street accounts. Insurance agency income totaling $615,000 represents revenue from the insurance subsidiary acquired in the Bridge Street transaction. Rental income from leases decreased $389,000 or 32.8% compared with 2005 due to the declining balance in our operating lease portfolio. We ceased originating operating leases in early 2004, and as a result, rental income declined steadily during 2006 and will cease in early 2007 (along with related depreciation expense on the leased assets). Other non-interest income increased $548,000 in 2006 compared with 2005, with approximately $168,000 resulting from non-recurring items. The balance of the increase in other non-interest income resulted primarily from increases in mortgage servicing fees and miscellaneous customer fees. Non-interest income (excluding loss on sales of securities) comprised 38.9% of revenue in 2006 up from 34.4% in 2005.

19



Non-interest income in 2005 increased $5.2 million, or 57.2% compared to 2004 due primarily to a $6.1 million increase in trust and brokerage income which resulted from the February 2005 acquisition of the trust assets from HSBC. Primarily as a result of the acquisition, the total market value of trust assets under management increased to more than $862 million at December 31, 2005 from approximately $282 million at the end of 2004. Income on bank-owned life insurance decreased in 2005 due to a higher level of death benefits received in 2004, and card-related fees increased 19.3% due to higher customer debit card utilization.

The following table sets forth certain information on operating expenses for the years indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Salaries, wages, and employee benefits

 

$

16,607

 

$

17,150

 

$

14,919

 

Building, occupancy, and equipment

 

 

6,460

 

 

5,746

 

 

5,295

 

Communication expense

 

 

744

 

 

603

 

 

614

 

Stationery and supplies expense

 

 

645

 

 

514

 

 

520

 

Marketing expense

 

 

1,128

 

 

921

 

 

603

 

Professional fees

 

 

3,239

 

 

2,385

 

 

1,676

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

797

 

 

418

 

 

 

Directors’ fees

 

 

573

 

 

342

 

 

310

 

Postage expense

 

 

434

 

 

349

 

 

357

 

Other operating expense

 

 

3,363

 

 

3,012

 

 

2,865

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total operating expenses

 

$

33,990

 

$

31,440

 

$

27,159

 

 

 



 



 



 

Non-interest expense was $34.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, up $2.6 million or 8.1% compared with $31.4 million in 2005. The increase in non-interest expense was due in large part to the acquisition of Bridge Street, except as noted below. Non-recurring merger and conversion expenses totaled approximately $1.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2006, and were primarily in professional fees, salaries and benefits, communications expense, stationery and supplies and marketing expense.

Salaries and benefits decreased $543,000 or 3.2% in 2006 compared with 2005 due primarily to efficiencies gained through the implementation of a new staffing model in the first quarter of 2006 being partially offset by salaries and benefits for employees of Bridge Street in the fourth quarter of 2006.

Occupancy and equipment expense increased $714,000 or 12.4% in 2006, due to a write-down of $174,000 on bank-owned property reclassified to assets held for sale in the fourth quarter and to expenses associated with properties acquired from Bridge Street. Also contributing to the increase were occupancy costs relating to additional branches in operation during the period.

Increases in communication expense, stationery and supplies, marketing and professional fees resulted largely from acquisition and conversion related activities. Also included in professional fees in 2006 was approximately $228,000 in consulting fees paid in the first quarter related to the personnel staffing model project.

Amortization of intangible assets increased $379,000 in 2006 compared with 2005 as a result of amortization of intangible assets established in connection with the Bridge Street acquisition.

Director fees increased $231,000 or 67.5% for the year due to an increase in the number of meetings in 2006 primarily related to the acquisition of Bridge Street and corporate governance matters, and an increase in the amount of earnings on directors deferred compensation which is tied to the book value of Alliance common stock.

Other operating expenses increased $351,000 or 11.7% due primarily to higher loan origination costs and ATM processing fees resulting primarily from increases in customer account and transaction volumes from organic growth and customers acquired from Bridge Street.

Non-interest expense increased $4.3 million, or 15.8%, in 2005 compared with 2004. In 2005, operating expenses included approximately $2.5 million related to servicing the trust portfolio acquired from HSBC, and approximately $700,000 in non-recurring severance costs and contract fees paid in connection with the personnel staffing project. The project was designed to revise work flows, streamline processes, and improve efficiency while at the same time reducing staff.

Salaries and associated benefit expenses in 2005 were up $2.2 million, or 15.0%, and represented 52.1% of the 2005 increase in total operating expense. The increase in salary and benefits expense related in large part to employees that were hired from HSBC in connection with the trust acquisition, an increase in staff supporting growth in the commercial leasing business, and employee severance costs incurred during the fourth quarter of the year. The total number of Company employees (full time equivalent) declined from 293 at the end of 2004 to 265 at the end of 2005, with the decline reflecting the results of the personnel staffing project.

The Company’s occupancy and equipment expense increased $451,000, or 8.5%, in 2005 compared with 2004, due largely to higher building lease expense from an increase in the number of customer service facilities and an increase in depreciation and amortization expense of capital assets supporting the expansion and growth of the Company’s business.

Marketing expense increased $318,000, or 52.7% in 2005 compared with the prior year due primarily to an expanded marketing program in support of our de-novo branching strategy and to the inception of an agreement with Onondaga County for naming rights to the county’s sports stadium designed to increase the Company’s name recognition in Central New York.

As a result of the HSBC trust acquisition, the Company expensed $418,000 in 2005 relating to the amortization of the intangible asset created in connection with the acquisition. The Company had no amortization expense related to intangible assets prior to 2005.

20



Provision for Income Tax

The Company’s effective tax rate for 2006, 2005 and 2004 was 19.4%, 22.3% and 21.0%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate in 2006 compared with 2005 is primarily attributable to increased non-taxable interest and life insurance income relative to total pre-tax income. This increase resulted from the level of non-taxable investments obtained in the Bridge Street acquisition. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2005 compared with 2004 primarily reflects a decline in the percentage of non-taxable insurance income to pre-tax income. A reconciliation of the effective tax rate to the statutory tax rate is included in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

Investment Securities

The investment portfolio is designed to provide a favorable total return utilizing low-risk, high-quality investments while at the same time assisting in meeting the liquidity needs of the Bank’s loan and deposit operations, and supporting the Company’s interest risk objectives. Our mortgage-backed securities portfolio is comprised of pass-through securities guaranteed by either Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae. The Company classifies the majority of its investment securities as available-for-sale. The Company does not engage in securities trading or derivatives activities in carrying out its investment strategies.

The amortized cost of our investment portfolio was $265.7 million at December 31, 2006, down from $270.2 million at December 31, 2005 and $317.3 million at December 31, 2004. As discussed previously in this Form 10-K, a portion of the cash flows from our investment portfolio was used to fund loan growth.

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and market value for the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

U.S. Treasury obligations

 

$

6,839

 

$

6,420

 

$

6,574

 

$

6,105

 

$

9,855

 

$

9,283

 

U.S. government-sponsored corporations

 

 

62,178

 

 

61,452

 

 

66,456

 

 

65,302

 

 

88,342

 

 

88,289

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

97,908

 

 

96,163

 

 

111,968

 

 

109,477

 

 

135,431

 

 

135,089

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

86,299

 

 

87,388

 

 

73,610

 

 

74,908

 

 

70,688

 

 

74,076

 

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock

 

 

7,985

 

 

7,985

 

 

6,508

 

 

6,508

 

 

8,037

 

 

8,037

 

Other equity securities

 

 

4,442

 

 

4,579

 

 

5,132

 

 

5,194

 

 

4,948

 

 

4,984

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

265,651

 

$

263,987

 

$

270,248

 

$

267,494

 

$

317,301

 

$

319,758

 

Net unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities

 

 

(1,664

)

 

 

 

 

(2,754

)

 

 

 

 

2,457

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Total carrying value

 

$

263,987

 

 

 

 

$

267,494

 

 

 

 

$

319,758

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2006, the maturities of investment securities and the weighted-average yields of such securities, which have been calculated on the basis of the cost, weighted for scheduled maturity of each security, and adjusted to a fully tax-equivalent basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2006

 

 

 


 

 

 

Amount
Maturing
Within
One Year
or Less

 

Amount
Maturing After
One Year but
Within Five Years

 

Amount
Maturing After
Five Years but
Within Ten Years

 

Amount
Maturing After
Ten Years

 

Total Cost

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

U.S. Treasury obligations

 

$

100

 

 

 

$

6,739

 

 

 

$

6,839

 

U.S. government-sponsored corporations

 

 

17,419

 

 

34,978

 

 

9,781

 

 

 

 

62,178

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

22,916

 

 

57,157

 

 

12,265

 

 

5,570

 

 

97,908

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

922

 

 

27,961

 

 

51,062

 

 

6,354

 

 

86,299

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total available-for-sale portfolio value

 

$

41,357

 

$

120,096

 

$

79,847

 

$

11,924

 

$

253,224

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average yield at year end1

 

 

4.15

%  

 

4.23

%  

 

4.34

%  

 

4.58

%  

 

4.27

%


 

 

(1)

Weighted average yields on the tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a fully tax-equivalent basis assuming a marginal federal tax rate of 34%. These yields are an arithmetic computation of interest income divided by average balance and may differ from the yield to maturity, which considers the time value of money.

Loans and leases

The loan and lease portfolio is the largest component of the Bank’s earning assets and accounts for the greatest portion of total interest income. The Bank provides a full range of credit products through its branch network, its commercial department and its leasing subsidiary. Consistent with the focus on providing community banking services, the Bank generally does not attempt to diversify geographically by making a significant amount of loans to borrowers outside of the primary service area. Loans are internally generated and the majority of the lending activity takes place in the New York State counties of Cortland, Madison, Onondaga, Oneida, and Oswego. In addition, the Bank originates indirect auto loans in the western counties of New York State. The Bank’s leasing subsidiary originates the majority of its leases through reputable, well-established middle market leasing companies, and through vendor and direct customer relationships, with an emphasis on the medical and education sectors. The leases are underwritten using our typical commercial credit standards, and the collateral securing the leases is generally readily marketable. The business is conducted in over 30 states.

21



Total loans and leases, net of unearned income, increased $228.5 million in 2006. The acquisition of Bridge Street added gross loans totaling $142.3 million or 62.3% of the increase in loans and leases in 2006.

Commercial loans increased $61.2 million in 2006 and were $223.5 million at December 31, 2006 or 25.3% of total loans and leases, compared with $162.4 million (24.8% of total loans and leases) at December 31, 2005. The increase resulted from loans acquired from Bridge Street totaling $64.7 million (net of $2.4 million of loans sold in December), which offset a slight decrease in our commercial portfolio in 2006, due to highly competitive commercial lending conditions in our market.

The Company’s commercial lease portfolio (net of unearned income) increased $66.2 million in 2006 as a result of our continuing focus on developing this business line. Net leases totaled $131.3 million at the end of 2006, which represents 14.9% of total loans and leases, compared with $65.2 million (10.0% of total loans and leases) at December 31, 2005. The president of the Bank’s leasing subsidiary notified the Company in March 2007 of his intention to pursue an opportunity with another financial services company. The Company’s ability to replace this individual with the appropriate specialized skills in a timely manner may have an impact on the rate of growth of the leasing portfolio in the near-term.

Residential mortgages increased $67.3 million in 2006, and were $253.8 million or 28.8% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2006, compared with $186.6 million (28.5% of total loans and leases) at December 31, 2005. Residential mortgages totaling $57.9 million, or 86.0% of the increase in 2006, were acquired from Bridge Street. We do not offer non-traditional mortgages, such as interest-only or negative amortizing loans, due to the higher credit risk of these types of loans.

Indirect auto loans were $182.5 million, or 20.7% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2006, compared with $172.1 or 26.3% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2005. During the second quarter of 2006 we increased our indirect loan rates in an effort to slow the rate of growth in these loans, as highly competitive pricing and higher funding costs have negatively impacted the profitability of indirect lending. As a result, we anticipate the rate of growth in this portfolio will slow in coming quarters.

The following table sets forth the composition of the Bank’s loan and lease portfolio at the dates indicated:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 



 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 


 


 


 


 



 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial loans

 

$

223,527

 

 

25.3

%

$

162,351

 

 

24.8

%

$

154,188

 

29.3

%

$

147,647

 

30.8

%

$

139,555

 

33.3

%

Leases, net of unearned income

 

 

131,338

 

 

14.9

%

 

65,172

 

 

10.0

%

 

13,762

 

2.6

%

 

1,478

 

0.3

%

 

141

 

0.0

%

Residential real estate

 

 

253,825

 

 

28.8

%

 

186,550

 

 

28.5

%

 

176,666

 

33.6

%

 

173,963

 

36.3

%

 

153,148

 

36.5

%

Indirect auto

 

 

182,528

 

 

20.7

%

 

172,113

 

 

26.3

%

 

117,623

 

22.4

%

 

97,163

 

20.3

%

 

68,811

 

16.4

%

Consumer

 

 

91,348

 

 

10.3

%

 

67,900

 

 

10.4

%

 

63,861

 

12.1

%

 

58,804

 

12.3

%

 

57,733

 

13.8

%

 

 




























Total loans and leases

 

$

882,566

 

 

100.0

%  

$

654,086

 

 

100.0

%  

$

526,100

 

100.0

%  

$

479,055

 

100.0

%  

$

419,388

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

(7,029

)

 

 

 

 

(4,960

)

 

 

 

 

(5,267

)

 

 

 

(6,069

)

 

 

 

(5,019

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

Net Loans and Leases

 

$

875,537

 

 

 

 

$

649,126

 

 

 

 

$

520,833

 

 

 

$

472,986

 

 

 

$

414,369

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 


The following table shows the amount of loans and leases outstanding as of December 31, 2006, which, based on remaining scheduled payments of principal, are due in the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturing within
one year or less

 

Maturing
after one but
within five years

 

Maturing after
five but
within ten years

 

Maturing
after
ten years

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Commercial

 

$

69,023

 

$

73,158

 

$

43,824

 

$

37,522

 

$

223,527

 

Leases, net of unearned income

 

 

36,481

 

 

88,427

 

 

6,430

 

 

 

 

131,338

 

Residential real estate

 

 

22,392

 

 

83,068

 

 

92,554

 

 

55,811

 

 

253,825

 

Indirect auto

 

 

54,106

 

 

127,279

 

 

1,143

 

 

 

 

182,528

 

Consumer

 

 

10,205

 

 

31,004

 

 

42,423

 

 

7,716

 

 

91,348

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total loans & leases, net of unearned income

 

$

192,207

 

$

402,936

 

$

186,374

 

$

101,049

 

$

882,566

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

The following table sets forth the sensitivity of the loan amounts due after one year to changes in inter­est rates, as of December 31, 2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Rate

 

Variable Rate

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Due after one year, but within five years

 

$

335,433

 

$

67,503

 

 

Due after five years

 

 

186,352

 

 

101,071

 

22



Loan Quality and the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The following table represents information concerning the aggregate amount of non-performing assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Non-accrual loans and leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

$

1,248

 

$

1,103

 

$

2,116

 

$

3,987

 

$

755

 

Leases

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

298

 

 

12

 

 

168

 

 

 

 

 

Indirect auto

 

 

63

 

 

74

 

 

90

 

 

97

 

 

60

 

Consumer

 

 

141

 

 

169

 

 

60

 

 

93

 

 

38

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total non-accrual loans and leases

 

$

1,849

 

$

1,358

 

$

2,434

 

$

4,177

 

$

853

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Accruing loans and leases past due 90 days or more

 

 

790

 

 

270

 

 

317

 

 

476

 

 

539

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total non-performing loans

 

$

2,639

 

$

1,628

 

$

2,751

 

$

4,653

 

$

1,392

 

Other real estate owned and other repossessed assets

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

53

 

 

24

 

 

198

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total non-performing assets

 

$

2,639

 

$

1,634

 

$

2,804

 

$

4,677

 

$

1,590

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases

 

 

0.30

%

 

0.25

%

 

0.53

%

 

0.98

%

 

0.38

%

Total non-performing assets to total assets

 

 

0.21

%

 

0.17

%

 

0.31

%

 

0.57

%

 

0.21

%

Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans and leases

 

 

266.35

%

 

304.67

%

 

191.46

%

 

130.43

%

 

360.56

%

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases

 

 

0.80

%

 

0.76

%

 

1.00

%

 

1.27

%

 

1.20

%

Non-performing assets, defined as nonaccruing loans and leases plus loans and leases 90 days or more past due, along with other real estate owned and other repossessed assets as of December 31, 2006 were $2.6 million, up $1.0 million, or 61.5%, compared to December 31, 2005. The increase in nonperforming loans resulted entirely from non-performing assets acquired from Bridge Street. The largest non-performing loan at year-end was an $855,000 commercial line of credit that we acquired from Bridge Street. Payments are being made in accordance with the contractual terms of the agreement, however, the facility, which is secured by a first-lien on accounts receivable, has been placed on non-accrual status while the terms of an extension of the facility are negotiated. A number of small relationships make up the remaining balance of nonperforming loans, the largest of which is a $119,000 commercial loan.

The allowance to non-performing loans and leases ratio declined 266.4% at December 31, 2006, compared with 304.7% at December 31, 2005. Total delinquencies, defined as loans and leases 30 days or more past due and nonaccruing, were 1.84% of total loans and leases outstanding as of December 31, 2006, compared to 1.32% at the end of 2005.

The Bank has a loan and lease review program that it believes takes a conservative approach to evaluating nonperforming loans and leases and the loan and lease portfolio in general­. The loan and lease review program continually audits the loan and lease portfolio to confirm management’s loan and lease risk rating system, and tracks problem loans and leases to ensure compliance with loan and lease policy underwriting guidelines, and to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The Bank’s policy is to place a loan or lease on non­accrual status and recognize income on a cash basis when a loan or lease is more than 90 days past due, unless in the opinion of management, the loan or lease is well secured­ and in the process of collection. The impact of interest not recognized on non­accrual loans and leases was $40,000 in 2006, $75,000 in 2005, and $267,000 in 2004. The Bank considers a loan or lease impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due accord­ing to the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. The measurement of impaired loans and leases is generally based upon the present value of future cash flows discounted at the historical effective interest­ rate, except that all collateral-­dependent loans and leases are measured for impairment based on fair value of the collateral. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, there were no impaired loans or leases for which specific valuation allowances had been recorded.

The allowance for loan and lease losses represents manage­ment’s best estimate of probable loan and lease losses in the Bank’s loan and lease portfolio. Management’s quarterly evaluation of the allowance for loan and lease losses is a compre­hensive analysis that builds a total reserve by evaluating the risks within each loan and lease type, or pool of similar loans and leases. The Bank uses a general allocation methodology for all residential and consumer loan pools. This methodology estimates a reserve­ for each pool based on the most recent three-year loss rate, adjusted to reflect the expected impact that current trends regarding loan growth, delinquency, losses, economic conditions, loan concentrations, policy changes and current interest rates are likely to have. For commercial loan and lease pools, the Bank establishes a specific reserve allocation for all loans and leases in excess of $150,000 which have been risk rated under the Bank’s risk rating system, as substandard or doubtful. The specific allocation is based on the most recent valuation of the loan or lease collateral­. For all other commercial loans and leases, the Bank uses the general allocation methodology that establishes a reserve for each risk rating category. The general allocation methodology for commercial loans and leases considers the same qualitative factors that are considered when evaluating residential mortgage and consumer loan pools. The combination of using both the general and specific allocation methodologies reflects man­agement’s best estimate of the probable loan and lease losses in the Bank’s loan and lease portfolio. Loans and leases are charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses, in accordance with the Bank’s loan and lease policy, when they are deter­mined by management to be uncollectible. Recoveries on loans and leases previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses when they are received. When management determines that the allowance for loan and lease losses is less than adequate to provide for potential losses, a direct charge is made to operating income.

23



The following table summarizes loan and lease balances at the end of each period indicated and the daily average­ amount of loans and leases. Also summarized are changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses arising from loans and leases charged off, recoveries on loans and leases previously charged off and additions to the allowance, which have been charged to expense.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

4,960

 

$

5,267

 

$

6,069

 

$

5,019

 

$

4,478

 

Loans and leases charged-off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

689

 

 

393

 

 

1,271

 

 

487

 

 

367

 

Leases

 

 

560

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

33

 

 

39

 

 

123

 

 

62

 

 

63

 

Indirect auto

 

 

195

 

 

296

 

 

531

 

 

787

 

 

1,061

 

Consumer

 

 

913

 

 

360

 

 

265

 

 

333

 

 

303

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total loans and leases charged off

 

 

2,390

 

 

1,088

 

 

2,190

 

 

1,669

 

 

1,794

 

Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

59

 

 

209

 

 

52

 

 

53

 

 

82

 

Residential real estate

 

 

1

 

 

45

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

9

 

Indirect auto

 

 

213

 

 

191

 

 

218

 

 

193

 

 

235

 

Consumer

 

 

412

 

 

192

 

 

124

 

 

124

 

 

114

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total recoveries

 

 

685

 

 

637

 

 

404

 

 

370

 

 

440

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net loans and leases charged off

 

 

1,705

 

 

451

 

 

1,786

 

 

1,299

 

 

1,354

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

2,477

 

 

144

 

 

984

 

 

2,349

 

 

1,895

 

Allowance acquired from Bridge Street Financial Inc.

 

 

1,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance at end of year

 

$

7,029

 

$

4,960

 

$

5,267

 

$

6,069

 

$

5,019

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

The allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2006 was $7.0 million, or 0.80% of loans and leases outstanding compared to $5.0 million or 0.77% of loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2005. The provision for loan and lease losses was $2.5 million in 2006, compared with $144,000 in 2005. Net charge-offs were $1.7 million in 2006, compared with $451,000 in 2005. The increased level of provisions in 2006 is a reflection of the growth and changing mix of our loan and lease portfolio and higher charge-offs. Two commercial relationships comprised approximately 40% of total charge-offs in 2006., The allowance for loan losses was also increased in 2006 by the $1.3 million of loan loss allowances that was acquired in the acquisition of Bridge Street in the fourth quarter of 2006. Net charge offs in 2005 declined 74.7% compared with 2004, to $451,000 from $1.8 million, and the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases fell to 0.08% from 0.36% for the comparable periods. The decline in the 2005 loss rate reflected a reduction of $1.0 million in net commercial loan losses, and a $208,000, reduction in indirect auto loan losses compared with 2004. Net charge-offs in 2004 were significantly impacted by the charge-off of $1.2 million taken on a single commercial loan. The decline in the indirect auto loan loss rate over the past five years reflects a tightening of the Bank’s loan underwriting guidelines in 2001 combined with an effective collection program over the period.

The allowance for loan and lease losses has been allocated within the following categories of loans and leases at the dates indicated (Dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

Amount
of
Allowance

 

Percent

 

Amount
of
Allowance

 

Percent

 

Amount
of
Allowance

 

Percent

 

Amount
of
Allowance

 

Percent

 

Amount
of
Allowance

 

Percent

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Commercial

 

$

3,143

 

 

44.71

%

$

2,521

 

 

50.83

%

$

2,714

 

 

51.53

%

$

3,091

 

 

50.93

%

$

2,575

 

 

51.31

%

Leases

 

 

1,468

 

 

20.88

%

 

385

 

 

7.76

%

 

51

 

 

0.97

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

969

 

 

13.79

%

 

653

 

 

13.17

%

 

689

 

 

13.08

%

 

608

 

 

10.01

%

 

361

 

 

7.19

%

Indirect auto

 

 

785

 

 

11.17

%

 

1,099

 

 

22.16

%

 

1,447

 

 

27.47

%

 

1,879

 

 

30.96

%

 

1,551

 

 

30.90

%

Consumer

 

 

664

 

 

9.45

%

 

302

 

 

6.08

%

 

366

 

 

6.95

%

 

491

 

 

8.10

%

 

532

 

 

10.60

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

7,029

 

 

100.0

%  

$

4,960

 

 

100.00

%  

$

5,267

 

 

100.00

%  

$

6,069

 

 

100.00

%  

$

5,019

 

 

100.00

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

The allowance for loan and lease losses is allocated according to the amount deemed to be reasonably necessary to provide for the probable losses within each category of loans and leases. Increases in the amount allocated to the commercial and lease portfolios reflect the higher outstanding balances of these portfolios coupled with the higher inherent risk of these portfolios compared with residential and consumer lending. During 2006, strong credit quality the indirect auto loan portfolio, as evidenced by net recoveries of $18,000 in 2006, resulted in a reduction in the allocation of the allowance to the indirect portfolio, in spite of 6.1% growth in the portfolio during the year.

Deposits and Other Borrowings

The Company’s deposits are acquired through the Bank and represent its primary source of funds. The deposit base is comprised of demand deposit, savings and money market accounts, and time deposits that are primarily provided by individuals, businesses, and local governments within the communities served. The Bank continuously monitors market pricing, competitors’ rates, and internal interest rate spreads to maintain and promote growth and profitability.

24



The following table sets forth the composition of the Company’s deposits by business line at year-end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Retail

 

Commercial

 

Municipal

 

Total

 

Percent

 

Retail

 

Commercial

 

Municipal

 

Total

 

Percent

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Non-interest checking

 

$

34,236

 

$

90,667

 

$

4,672

 

$

129,575

 

 

13.9

%

$

18,217

 

$

68,674

 

$

4,992

 

$

91,883

 

 

12.5

%

Interest checking

 

 

69,642

 

 

9,083

 

 

15,094

 

 

93,819

 

 

10.0

%

 

60,150

 

 

8,661

 

 

11,725

 

 

80,536

 

 

10.9

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total checking

 

 

103,878

 

 

99,750

 

 

19,766

 

 

223,394

 

 

23.9

%

 

78,367

 

 

77,335

 

 

16,717

 

 

172,419

 

 

23.4

%

 

Savings

 

 

77,751

 

 

6,436

 

 

1,701

 

 

85,888

 

 

9.2

%

 

49,501

 

 

3,979

 

 

1,734

 

 

55,214

 

 

7.5

%

Money market

 

 

76,771

 

 

39,709

 

 

72,662

 

 

189,142

 

 

20.2

%

 

80,870

 

 

29,809

 

 

66,215

 

 

176,894

 

 

23.9

%

Time deposits

 

 

367,751

 

 

27,876

 

 

41,545

 

 

437,172

 

 

46.7

%

 

260,247

 

 

22,462

 

 

51,882

 

 

334,591

 

 

45.2

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

Total deposits

 

$

626,151

 

$

173,771

 

$

135,674

 

$

935,596

 

 

100.0

%

$

468,985

 

$

133,585

 

$

136,548

 

$

739,118

 

 

100.0

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total deposits were $935.6 million at December 31, 2006, an increase of $196.5 million from December 31, 2005. Checking accounts increased $51.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, of which $39.6 million was attributable to accounts acquired from Bridge Street. In addition, increases in commercial and retail checking deposits in 2006 resulted in large part to the success of our ongoing business development efforts and our expanded branch network. Savings and money market accounts increased $42.9 million in 2006, after giving effect to the $79.2 million of accounts acquired form Bridge Street. Time accounts increased $102.6 million, including $49.6 million acquired form Bridge Street, in 2006. The increase in time accounts is a trend over the past two years that mirrors a decreasing trend in savings and money market accounts (exclusive of the accounts acquired from Bridge Street) as customers have favored higher rate, short-term time accounts over lower rate savings and money market accounts. We expect the intense competition for deposits in our market area will continue for the foreseeable future, which, along with the significant difference between higher yielding short term-time account rates and savings and money market rates, may result in a continuing migration of savings and money market accounts to time accounts.

Time deposits in excess of $100,000, which are more volatile and sensitive to interest rates, totaled $127.4 million at December 31, 2006, representing 29.1% of total time deposits and 13.6% of total deposits. These deposits totaled $113.8 million, representing 34% of total time deposits and 15.4% of total deposits at year-end 2005.

The following table indicates the amount of the Company’s time deposits of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2006 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Less than three months

 

$

38,286

 

Three months to six months

 

 

33,198

 

Six months to one year

 

 

34,449

 

Over one year

 

 

21,501

 

 

 



 

Total

 

$

127,434

 

 

 



 

The Bank offers retail repurchase agreements primarily to its larger business customers. Under the terms of the agreements, the Bank sells invest­ment portfolio securities to the customer and agrees to repurchase the securities on the next business day. The Bank uses this arrangement as a deposit alternative for its business customers. As of December 31, 2006, retail repurchase agreement balances amounted to $42.0 million compared to balances of $32.9 million at December 31, 2005. During 2006, the Bank utilized collateralized repurchase agreements with various brokers and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB) as alternative sources of funding and as a liability management tool. At December 31, 2006, the combination of repurchase agreements and FHLB advances were $136.5 million, compared to $117.5 million at December 31, 2005. Detailed information regarding the Company’s borrowings is included in Note 9 in the consolidated financial statements section of this report.

In December 2003, the Company formed Alliance Financial Capital Trust I, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The trust was formed for the purpose of issuing $10.0 million of Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable capital securities (the capital securities) to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of such capital securities solely in junior subordinated debt securities of the Company. The debentures held by the trust are the sole assets of that trust. Distributions on the capital securities issued by the trust are payable quarterly at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate being earned by the trust on the debentures held by the trust. The capital securities have a variable annual coupon rate that resets quarterly based upon three-month LIBOR plus 285 basis points (8.23%). The capital securities have a 30-year maturity and are redeemable at par in January 2009 and any time thereafter.

In September 2006, the Company formed Alliance Financial Capital Trust II, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The trust was formed for the purpose of issuing $15.0 million of Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable capital securities (the capital securities) to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of such capital securities solely in junior subordinated debt securities of the Company. The debentures held by the trust are the sole assets of that trust. Distributions on the capital securities issued by the trust are payable quarterly at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate being earned by the trust on the debentures held by the trust. The capital securities have a variable annual coupon rate that resets quarterly based upon three-month LIBOR plus 165 basis points (7.01%). The capital securities have a 30-year maturity and are redeemable at par in September 2011 and any time thereafter.

Capital

Shareholders’ equity was $109.5 million at December 31, 2006, compared with $69.6 million at December 31, 2005. Shareholders’ equity was increased by $38.1 million from the issuance of common stock (862,856 new shares and 428,956 shares from treasury) in connection with the acquisition of Bridge Street, and by net income for 2006 of $7.3 million. Shareholders’ equity was reduced by dividends declared in 2006 totaling $3.4 million, and by the repurchase of 94,482 shares of Alliance common stock in the fourth quarter at a total cost of $2.9 million. There remains 31,830 shares available for repurchase as of December 31, 2006 under the previously announced program. Shareholders’ equity was further reduced by $994,000 (net of deferred taxes) upon the adoption by the Company of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158 “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” as of December 31, 2006. The adoption of this statement had no effect on our regulatory capital ratios.

The Company’s goal is to maintain a strong capital position, consistent with the risk profile of the Bank, that supports­ growth and expansion activities while at the same time exceeding regulatory standards. Capital adequacy in the banking industry is evaluated primarily by the use of ratios which measure capital against total assets, as well as against total assets­ that are weighted based on defined risk characteris­tics. At December 31, 2006, the Company exceeded all regulatory required minimum capital ratios and met the regulatory definition of a “well-capitalized institution.” A more com­prehensive analysis of regulatory capital requirements, including ratios for the Company, is included in Note 22 in the consolidated financial statements.

25



Liquidity

The Company’s liquidity is primarily measured by the Bank’s ability to provide funds to meet loan and lease requests, to accommodate possible outflows of deposits, and to take advantage of market interest rate opportunities. Funding of loan and lease requests, providing for liability outflows, and management of interest rate fluctuations require continuous analysis in order to match the maturities of specific categories of short-term loans and leases, and investments with specific types of deposits and borrowings. Liquidity is normally considered in terms of the nature and mix of the Bank’s sources and uses of funds. The Asset Liability Management Committee (ALCO) of the Bank is responsible for implementing the policies and guidelines for the maintenance of prudent levels of liquidity. Management believes, as of December 31, 2006, that liquidity as measured by the Bank is in compliance with its policy guidelines.

The Bank’s principal sources of funds for operations are cash flows generated from earnings, deposits, loan and lease repayments, borrowings from the FHLB, and securities sold under repurchase agreements. During the 12 months ended December 31, 2006, cash and cash equivalents increased by $4..5 million as net cash provided by operating activities and deposit and financing activities of $63.6 million exceeded the net cash used in lending and investing activities of $59.1 million. Net cash provided by deposit and financing activities reflects a net increase in deposits of $24.0 million, an increase in subordinated obligations of $15.5 million and a net increase in borrowings of $5.5 million. Net cash used in lending and investing activities reflects a net increase in loans of $87.6 million, a net reduction in investment securities of $43.6 million, a net increase in premises and equipment of $2.0 million, and $13.2 million used for the acquisition of Bridge Street.

As a member of the FHLB, the Bank is eligible to borrow up to an established credit limit against certain residential mortgage loans and investment securities that have been pledged as collateral. As of December 31, 2006, the Bank’s credit limit with the FHLB was $195.9 million, with outstanding borrowings in the amount of $136.5 million.

Contractual Obligations, Commitments, and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company has various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments. The following table presents as of December 31, 2006, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced note to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments Due In

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Contractual obligation

 

Note
Reference

 

One Year
or Less

 

One to
Three Years

 

Three to
Five Years

 

Over Five
Years

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Time deposits*

 

 

10

 

$

360,638

 

$

70,080

 

$

6,454

 

$

 

$

437,172

 

Federal funds purchased and agreements to repurchase securities*

 

 

11

 

 

56,473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,473

 

Short-term borrowings*

 

 

11

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

Junior subordinated obligations issued to unconsolidated subsidiaries*

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,774

 

 

25,774

 

Long-term borrowings*

 

 

11

 

 

15,700

 

 

32,477

 

 

10,000

 

 

40,000

 

 

98,177

 

Operating leases

 

 

19

 

 

900

 

 

1,693

 

 

1,595

 

 

3,926

 

 

8,114

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

19

 

 

140

 

 

344

 

 

344

 

 

2,052

 

 

2,880

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

 

 

$

457,776

 

$

124,594

 

$

18,394

 

$

52,827

 

$

653,591

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

*

Excludes interest

The Company also has obligations under its postretirement plan as described in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements. The postretirement benefit payments represent actuarially determined future benefit payments to eligible plan participants.

Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, the Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, held for purposes other than trading. The financial instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument, for loan commitments and standby letters of credit, is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments, assuming that the amounts are fully advanced and that collateral or other security is of no value. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet loans. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties. Commitments to originate loans, unused lines of credit, and un-advanced portions of construction loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the amounts presented below do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party. These guarantees are issued primarily to support public and private borrowing arrangements, bond financing, and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan commitments to customers.

26



The following table details the amounts and expected maturities of significant commitments and off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2006. Further discussion of these commitments and off-balance sheet arrangements is included in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit:

 

One Year
or Less

 

One to
Three Years

 

Three to
Five Years

 

Over
Five Years

 

Total

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

Commercial loans and leases

 

$

52,067

 

$

10,467

 

$

1,431

 

$

7,447

 

$

71,412

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

7,587

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,587

 

 

Revolving home equity lines

 

 

1, 356

 

 

6,904

 

 

11,461

 

 

26,729

 

 

46,450

 

 

Consumer revolving credit

 

 

9,728

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,728

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

 

2,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,663

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115. This standard permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. This option is available to all entities, including not-for-profit organizations. Most of the provisions in Statement 159 are elective; however, the amendment to FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. Some requirements apply differently to entities that do not report net income. The FASB's stated objective in issuing this standard is as follows: “to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions.”

The fair value option established by Statement 159 permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity will report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings (or another performance indicator if the business entity does not report earnings) at each subsequent reporting date. A not-for-profit organization will report unrealized gains and losses in its statement of activities or similar statement. The fair value option: (a) may be applied instrument by instrument, with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted for by the equity method; (b) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs); and (c) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments.

This Statement is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008. The Company is currently analyzing the effects of this statement and the impact on the Company’s financial conditions or results of operations has not yet been determined.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. This Statement defines fair value, establishes methods for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. While this Statement does not require any new fair value measurements, it is intended to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements, and expand disclosures about fair value measurements among companies. This Statement is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this will have on the Company’s current practice of measuring fair value and any additional disclosures required in our financial statements.

In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” This Interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. This Interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This Interpretation also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

This Interpretation is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2007. The Company is currently analyzing the effects of this interpretation and the impact on the Company’s financial conditions or results of operations has not yet been determined.

In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140.” This Statement amends FASB Statement No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”, with respect to the accounting for separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. This Statement requires an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract in any of the following situations: i) a transfer of the servicer’s financial assets that meets the requirements for sale accounting; ii) a transfer of the servicer’s financial assets to a qualifying special-purpose entity in a guaranteed mortgage securitization in which the transferor retains all of the resulting securities and classifies them as either available-for-sale securities or trading securities in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities; and iii) an acquisition or assumption of an obligation to service a financial asset that does not relate to financial assets of the servicer or its consolidated affiliates. This statement requires all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. Subsequent measurement for each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities shall be based on either the Amortization Method or Fair Value Measurement Method, as defined by this statement.

This Statement is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2007, and the requirements for recognition and initial measurement of servicing assets and servicing liabilities will be applied prospectively to all transactions after the effective date of this Statement. The impact on the Company’s financial conditions or results of operations is not expected to be significant.

Item 7A — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instru­ment arising from adverse changes in market rates or prices such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, and equity prices. The Company’s market risk arises principally from interest rate risk in its lending, deposit and borrowing activities. Other types of market risks do not arise in the normal course of the Company’s business activities.

The Bank’s Asset Liability Management Committee (ALCO) is responsible for reviewing the interest rate sensitivity position and establishing policies to monitor and limit exposure to interest rate risk. The policies and guidelines established by ALCO are reviewed and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

27



Interest rate risk is monitored primarily through the use of two complementary measures: earnings simulation modeling and net present value estimation. Both measures are highly assumption dependent and change regularly as the balance sheet and business mix evolve; however, taken together they represent a reasonably comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk, the distribution of risk along the yield curve, the level of risk through time, and the amount of exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships. The key assumptions employed by these measures are analyzed regularly and reviewed by ALCO.

Earnings Simulation Modeling

Net interest income is affected by changes in the absolute level of interest rates and by changes in the shape of the yield curve. In general, a flattening of the yield curve would result in a decline in earnings due to the compression of earning asset yields and funding rates, while a steepening of the yield curve would result in increased earnings as investment margins widen. The model requires management to make assumptions about how the balance sheet is likely to evolve though time in different interest rate environments. Loan and deposit growth rate assumptions are derived from historical analysis and management’s outlook, as are the assumptions used to project yields and rates for new loans and deposits. Securities portfolio maturities and prepayments are assumed to be reinvested in similar instruments. Mortgage loan prepayment assumptions are developed from industry median estimates of prepayment speeds in conjunction with the historical prepayment performance of the Bank’s loans. Noncontractual deposit growth rates and pricing are modeled on historical patterns. Interest rates of the various assets and liabilities on the balance sheet are assumed to change proportionally, based on their historic relationship to short-term rates. The Bank’s guidelines for risk management call for preventative measures to be taken if the simulation modeling demonstrates that an instantaneous 2% increase or decrease in short-term rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect net interest income over the same period by more than 15% when compared to the stable rate scenario. At December 31, 2006, based on the results of our simulation model and assuming that management does not take action to alter the outcome, the Bank would expect net interest income to decline 9.9% if short-term interest rates increase by 2%, and increase 9.1% if short-term interest rates decline by 2%. By comparison, at December 31, 2005, based on the results of our simulation model, and assuming that management did not take action to alter the outcome, the Bank expected net interest income to decrease 10.7% if short-term interest rates increase by 2%, and increase 9.7% if short-term interest rates decline by 2%.

Net Present Value Estimation

The Net Present Value of Equity (NPV) measure is used for discerning levels of risk present in the balance sheet that might not be taken into account in the earnings simulation model due to the shorter time horizon used by that model. The NPV of the balance sheet, at a point in time, is defined as the discounted present value of the asset cash flows minus the discounted value of liability cash flows. Interest rate risk analysis using NPV involves changing the interest rates used in determining the cash flows and in discounting the cash flows. The Company’s NPV analysis models both an instantaneous 2% increasing and 2% decreasing interest rate scenario comparing the NPV in each scenario to the NPV in the current rate scenario. The resulting percentage change in NPV is an indication of the longer-term repricing risk and options risk embedded in the balance sheet. The NPV measure assumes a static balance sheet versus the growth assumptions that are incorporated into the earnings simulation measure, and an unlimited time horizon instead of the one-year horizon applied in the earnings simulation model. As with earnings simulation modeling, assumptions about the timing and the variability of balance sheet cash flows are critical in NPV analysis. Particularly important are assumptions driving mortgage prepayments in both the loan and investment portfolios, and changes in the noncontractual deposit portfolios. These assumptions are applied consistently in both models. Based on the December 31, 2006 NPV analysis, a 2% instantaneous increase in interest rates was estimated to increase NPV by 5.6%. NPV was estimated to decrease 10.09% if rates immediately declined by 2%. The Company’s policy guidelines limit the amount of the estimated decline/increase to 25% in a 2% rate change scenario. By comparison, the December 31, 2005 NPV analysis estimated a 2% instantaneous increase in interest rates would decrease NPV by 7.7%. NPV was estimated to increase 1.9% if rates immediately declined by 2%.

28



Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2006 and 2005



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

27,398

 

$

17,972

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

4,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

256,752

 

 

261,368

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of NY (“FHLB”) Stock

 

 

7,235

 

 

6,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans and leases, net of unearned income

 

 

882,566

 

 

654,086

 

Less allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

7,029

 

 

4,960

 

 

 



 



 

Net loans and leases

 

 

875,537

 

 

649,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

20,125

 

 

13,032

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

4,605

 

 

3,915

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

 

16,449

 

 

9,565

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

2,367

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

33,456

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

14,912

 

 

9,671

 

Other assets

 

 

14,131

 

 

7,575

 

 

 



 



 

Total assets

 

$

1,272,967

 

$

983,256

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

 

 

129,575

 

 

91,883

 

Interest bearing

 

 

806,021

 

 

647,235

 

 

 



 



 

Total deposits

 

 

935,596

 

 

739,118

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

179,650

 

 

150,429

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

2,651

 

 

2,261

 

Other liabilities

 

 

19,790

 

 

11,567

 

Junior subordinated obligations issued to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts

 

 

25,774

 

 

10,310

 

 

 



 



 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,163,461

 

 

913,685

 

 

 



 



 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock — par value $25.00 a share; 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued; Common stock — par value $1.00 a share; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 4,894,994 and 3,978,601 shares issued, and 4,800,512 and 3,565,012 shares outstanding for 2006 and 2005, respectively

 

 

4,895

 

 

3,979

 

Surplus

 

 

38,986

 

 

11,185

 

Unamortized value of restricted stock

 

 

 

 

(1,453

)

Undivided profits

 

 

70,658

 

 

66,740

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(2,122

)

 

(1,700

)

Treasury stock, at cost; 94,482 and 413,589 shares, respectively

 

 

(2,911

)

 

(9,180

)

 

 



 



 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

109,506

 

 

69,571

 

 

 



 



 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

1,272,967

 

$

983,256

 

 

 



 



 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

29



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 






 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans and leases

 

$

46,790

 

$

34,960

 

$

28,514

 

Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits

 

 

148

 

 

129

 

 

45

 

Securities

 

 

10,835

 

 

11,336

 

 

12,443

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total Interest Income

 

 

57,773

 

 

46,425

 

 

41,002

 

Interest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings accounts

 

 

339

 

 

307

 

 

322

 

Money market accounts

 

 

5,141

 

 

3,955

 

 

1,868

 

Time accounts

 

 

16,161

 

 

8,988

 

 

6,257

 

NOW accounts

 

 

519

 

 

250

 

 

230

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

22,160

 

 

13,500

 

 

8,677

 

Borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements

 

 

2,596

 

 

2,297

 

 

1,948

 

FHLB advances

 

 

4,052

 

 

2,895

 

 

1,600

 

Mortgagors’ escrow funds

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated obligations

 

 

1,139

 

 

644

 

 

459

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total interest expense

 

 

29,951

 

 

19,336

 

 

12,684

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net interest income

 

 

27,822

 

 

27,089

 

 

28,318

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

2,477

 

 

144

 

 

984

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

25,345

 

 

26,945

 

 

27,334

 

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust and brokerage income

 

 

8,895

 

 

7,864

 

 

1,778

 

Insurance agency income

 

 

615

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

4,316

 

 

2,957

 

 

3,056

 

(Loss) gain on sale of securities available for sale

 

 

(2

)

 

(19

)

 

717

 

Gain on the sale of loans

 

 

126

 

 

163

 

 

197

 

Income from bank-owned life insurance

 

 

455

 

 

402

 

 

810

 

Card-related fees

 

 

1,291

 

 

926

 

 

776

 

Rental income from leases

 

 

797

 

 

1,186

 

 

783

 

Other non-interest income

 

 

1,225

 

 

677

 

 

818

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-interest income

 

 

17,718

 

 

14,156

 

 

9,006

 

Non-interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

16,607

 

 

17,150

 

 

14,919

 

Occupancy and equipment expense

 

 

6,460

 

 

5,746

 

 

5,295

 

Communication expense

 

 

744

 

 

603

 

 

614

 

Stationery and supplies expense

 

 

645

 

 

514

 

 

520

 

Marketing expense

 

 

1,128

 

 

921

 

 

794

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

797

 

 

418

 

 

 

Professional fees

 

 

3,239

 

 

2,385

 

 

1,676

 

Other operating expense

 

 

4,370

 

 

3,703

 

 

3,341

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-interest expense

 

 

33,990

 

 

31,440

 

 

27,159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

 

 

9,073

 

 

9,661

 

 

9,181

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1,762

 

 

2,154

 

 

1,926

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net income

 

$

7,311

 

$

7,507

 

$

7,255

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income Per Common Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.92

 

$

2.09

 

$

2.03

 

Diluted

 

$

1.88

 

$

2.05

 

$

2.00

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

30



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued and
Outstanding

Common
Shares

 

Common
Stock

 

Surplus

 

Unamortized
Value of
Restricted
Stock

 

Undivided
Profits

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Total

 



















 

 

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

 

3,534,761

 

$

3,910

 

$

9,268

 

$

(563

)

$

57,976

 

$

3,517

 

$

(7,955

)

$

66,153

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,255

 

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,099

)

 

 

 

(2,099

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,156

 



























Issuance of restricted stock

 

 

20,000

 

 

20

 

 

641

 

 

(661

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

177

 

Stock options exercised

 

 

17,111

 

 

17

 

 

389

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

406

 

Cash dividends, $.84 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,996

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,996

)



























Balance at December 31, 2004

 

 

3,571,872

 

 

3,947

 

 

10,298

 

 

(1,047

)

 

62,235

 

 

1,418

 

 

(7,955

)

 

68,896

 



























Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,507

 

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,118

)

 

 

 

(3,118

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,389

 



























Issuance of restricted stock

 

 

24,500

 

 

24

 

 

754

 

 

(778

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeiture of restricted stock

 

 

(3,582

)

 

(3

)

 

(108

)

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

Amortization of restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

274

 

Tax benefit of restricted stock plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Stock options exercised

 

 

10,543

 

 

11

 

 

241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

Tax benefit of stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividend, $.84 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,018

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,018

)

Treasury stock purchased

 

 

(38,321

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,225

)

 

(1,225

)



























Balance at December 31, 2005

 

 

3,565,012

 

 

3,979

 

 

11,185

 

 

(1,453

)

 

66,740

 

 

(1,700

)

 

(9,180

)

 

69,571

 



























Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,311

 

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

572

 

 

 

 

572

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,883

 



























Cumulative effect of change in accounting for adoption of SFAS No. 158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(994

)

 

 

 

(994

)

Shares issued in purchase of Bridge Street Financial Inc.

 

 

1,291,812

 

 

863

 

 

27,518

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,676

 

 

38,057

 

Issuance of restricted stock

 

 

26,500

 

 

27

 

 

789

 

 

(816

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeiture of restricted stock

 

 

(19,995

)

 

(21

)

 

(594

)

 

503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(112

)

Amortization of restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

332

 

Tax benefit of restricted stock plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

Stock options exercised

 

 

47,032

 

 

47

 

 

1,080

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,127

 

Tax benefit of stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

442

 

Cash dividends, $.88 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,415

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,415

)

Treasury stock purchased

 

 

(109,849

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,407

)

 

(3,407

)

Reclassification of unearned restricted stock awards to surplus in accordance with SFAS No. 123R (67,375 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,434

)

 

1,434

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



























Balance at December 31, 2006

 

 

4,800,512

 

$

4,895

 

$

38,986

 

$

 

$

70,658

 

$

(2,122

)

$

(2,911

)

$

109,506

 



























The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

31



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Net income

 

$

7,311

 

$

7,507

 

$

7,255

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized (losses) gains for the period, net of tax expense (benefit) of $455 in 2006, $(2,099) in 2005 and $(1,361) in 2004

 

 

645

 

 

(3,129

)

 

(1,613

)

Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in net income, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(1) in 2006, $(8) in 2005 and $287 in 2004

 

 

1

 

 

11

 

 

(430

)

Change in minimum pension liability

 

 

(74

)

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 



 



 



 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

572

 

 

(3,118

)

 

(2,099

)

 

 



 



 



 

Comprehensive income

 

$

7,883

 

$

4,389

 

$

5,156

 

 

 



 



 



 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

32



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

7,311

 

$

7,507

 

$

7,255

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

2,477

 

 

144

 

 

984

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

2,837

 

 

2,762

 

 

1,639

 

Decrease (increase) in surrender value of life insurance

 

 

(455

)

 

(402

)

 

132

 

Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes

 

 

(1,353

)

 

(272

)

 

2,429

 

Accretion of investment security discounts and premiums, net

 

 

(195

)

 

(105

)

 

(280

)

Net loss (gain) on sale of securities available-for-sale

 

 

2

 

 

19

 

 

(717

)

Net loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment

 

 

22

 

 

124

 

 

(71

)

Impairment write-down on premises

 

 

174

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans

 

 

7,824

 

 

10,647

 

 

10,848

 

Origination of loans held-for-sale

 

 

(7,763

)

 

(10,584

)

 

(10,754

)

Gain on sale of loans

 

 

(61

)

 

(63

)

 

(94

)

Amortization of capitalized servicing rights

 

 

104

 

 

88

 

 

74

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

797

 

 

418

 

 

 

Restricted stock expense

 

 

220

 

 

274

 

 

177

 

Change in other assets and liabilities

 

 

11,728

 

 

3,314

 

 

(910

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 

 

23,669

 

 

13,871

 

 

10,712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lending and Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities, redemptions, calls and principal repayments of investment securities, available-for-sale

 

 

60,725

 

 

73,969

 

 

59,721

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available-for-sale

 

 

9,718

 

 

16,100

 

 

31,468

 

Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale

 

 

(27,128

)

 

(43,212

)

 

(112,618

)

Purchase of FHLB stock

 

 

(14,579

)

 

(12,873

)

 

(7,055

)

Redemption of FHLB stock

 

 

14,845

 

 

13,155

 

 

5,350

 

Net increase in loans and leases

 

 

(87,558

)

 

(128,437

)

 

(46,808

)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(1,994

)

 

(1,967

)

 

(3,663

)

Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

 

 

16

 

 

503

 

 

170

 

Acquisitions

 

 

(13,171

)

 

(10,089

)

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net Cash Used in Lending and Investing Activities

 

 

(59,126

)

 

(92,851

)

 

(73,435

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit and Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in demand deposits, NOW, money market and savings accounts

 

 

(20,530

)

 

41,352

 

 

17,519

 

Net increase in time deposits

 

 

44,456

 

 

74,645

 

 

44,202

 

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

 

 

27,264

 

 

(51,425

)

 

33,371

 

Payments on long-term borrowings

 

 

(46,750

)

 

(20,000

)

 

(40,000

)

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

 

 

25,000

 

 

40,000

 

 

10,000

 

Net increase in junior subordinated obligations

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

 

 

1,127

 

 

252

 

 

406

 

Treasury stock purchased

 

 

(3,407

)

 

(1,225

)

 

 

Tax benefit of stock-based compensation

 

 

464

 

 

16

 

 

 

Cash dividends

 

 

(3,111

)

 

(3,015

)

 

(3,341

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net Cash Provided by Deposit and Financing Activities

 

 

39,977

 

 

80,600

 

 

62,157

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net Increase (decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

4,520

 

 

1,620

 

 

(566

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

22,878

 

 

21,258

 

 

21,824

 

 

 



 



 



 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

 

$

27,398

 

$

22,878

 

$

21,258

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received during the year

 

$

57,083

 

$

46,515

 

$

41,188

 

Interest paid during the year

 

 

29,561

 

 

18,526

 

 

12,477

 

Income taxes

 

 

2,455

 

 

1,800

 

 

1,280

 

Non-cash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized loss on available for sale securities

 

 

1,090

 

 

5,211

 

 

3,404

 

Fair value of assets acquired in acquisition

 

 

252,182

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of liabilities assumed in acquisition

 

 

200,954

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of premises and equipment to assets held for sale

 

 

118

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend declared and unpaid

 

 

1,057

 

 

753

 

 

750

 

Common stock issued in acquisition

 

$

38,057

 

$

 

$

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

33



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Nature of Operations

Alliance Financial Corporation (the “Company”) is a financial holding company which owns and operates Alliance Bank, N.A., Alliance Financial Capital Trust I, Alliance Financial Capital Trust II (collectively the “Capital Trusts”) and Ladd’s Agency, Inc., a multi-line insurance agency. The Company provides financial services through its Bank subsidiary from 29 customer service facilities in the New York counties of Cortland, Madison, Oneida, Onondaga, Oswego, and from a Trust Administration Center in Buffalo, NY, in Erie County. Primary services include commercial, retail and municipal banking, consumer finance, mortgage financing and servicing, and trust and investment management services. The Capital Trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable capital securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of such capital securities solely in junior subordinated debt securities of the Company. The Bank has a substantially wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Preferred Funding Corp., which is engaged in residential real estate activity, and a wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Leasing, Inc., which is engaged in commercial leasing activity in over thirty states.

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Alliance Bank, N.A. and Ladd’s Agency, Inc., after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions. The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Alliance Financial Capital Trust I and II, qualify as variable interest entities under FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” However, the Company is not the primary beneficiary and therefore has not consolidated the accounts of Alliance Financial Capital Trust I and II in its consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Management has identified the allowance for loan and lease losses, accrued income taxes, and the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets to be the accounting areas that require the most subjective and complex judgments, and as such could be the most subject to revision as new information becomes available. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Risk and Uncertainties

In the normal course of its business, the Company encounters economic and regulatory risks. There are three main components of economic risk: interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. The Company is subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice at different speeds, or on different bases, from its interest-earning assets. The Company’s primary credit risk is the risk of default on the Company’s loan portfolio that results from the borrowers’ inability or unwillingness to make contractually required payments. Market risk reflects potential changes in the value of collateral underlying loans, the fair value of investment securities, and loans held for sale.

The Company is subject to regulations of various governmental agencies. These regulations can and do change significantly from period to period. The Company also undergoes periodic examinations by the regulatory agencies, which may subject it to further changes with respect to asset valuations, amounts of required loan and lease loss allowances, and operating restrictions resulting from the regulators’ judgments based on information available to them at the time of their examinations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and highly liquid investments with original maturities less than ninety days.

Investment Securities

The Company classifies investment securities as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale. Held-to-maturity securities are those that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, and are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Investment securities not classified as held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value, with net unrealized holding gains and losses reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of the applicable income tax effect. None of the Company’s investment securities have been classified as trading securities.

Gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are based on the specific identification method. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized and accreted into income using the interest method over the life of the security. Investment securities are reviewed regularly for other than temporary impairment. Where there is other than temporary impairment, the impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Purchases and sales of securities are recognized on a settlement-date basis.

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Stock

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”), the Company is required to hold stock in the FHLB. FHLB stock is carried at cost since there is no readily available market value. The stock cannot be sold, but can be redeemed by the FHLB at cost.

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

Repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized borrowings, and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the statement of financial condition, since the Company maintains effective control over the transferred securities. The securities underlying the agreements remain in the investment

34



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


account. The fair value of the collateral provided to a third party is continually monitored, and additional collateral is provided to the third party, or surplus collateral is returned to the Company as deemed appropriate.

Loans and Leases

Loans and leases are stated at unpaid principal balances less the allowance for loan and lease losses, unearned interest income and net deferred loan origination fees and costs. Interest on loans is based upon the principal amount outstanding. Interest on loans is accrued except when in management’s opinion the collectibility of interest is doubtful, at which time the accrual of interest on the loan is discontinued. Loan and lease origination fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and the net amount is amortized as a yield adjustment over the life of the loan or lease.

Operating leases are stated at cost of the equipment less depreciation. Equipment on operating leases is depreciated on a straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over the lease term. Operating lease income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Income attributable to all other leases is initially recorded as unearned income and subsequently recognized as finance income at level rates of return over the term of the leases. The recorded residual values of the Company’s leased assets are estimated at the inception of the lease to be the expected fair market value of the assets at the end of the lease term. On a quarterly basis, the Company reassesses the realizable value of its lease residual values. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, anticipated increases in specific future residual values are not recognized before realization. Anticipated decreases in specific future residual values that are considered to be other than temporary are recognized immediately.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management’s best estimate of probable loan and lease losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. Management’s quarterly evaluation of the allowance for loan and lease losses is a comprehensive analysis that builds a total reserve by evaluating the risks within each loan type, or pool, of similar loans and leases. The Company uses a general allocation methodology for all residential and consumer loan pools. This methodology estimates a reserve for each pool based on the most recent three-year loss rate, adjusted to reflect the expected impact that current trends regarding loan and lease growth, delinquency, losses, economic conditions, loan concentration, policy changes, and current interest rates are likely to have. For commercial loan and lease pools, the Company establishes a specific reserve allocation for all loans and leases classified as being impaired in excess of $150,000, which have been risk rated under the Company’s risk rating system as substandard, doubtful, or loss. For all other commercial loans, the Company uses the general allocation methodology that establishes a reserve for each risk rating category. The general allocation methodology for commercial loans and leases considers the same factors that are considered when evaluating residential mortgage and consumer loan pools. The combination of using both the general and specific allocation methodologies reflects management’s best estimate of the probable loan and lease losses in the Company’s loan portfolio.

A loan or lease is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due accord­ing to the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. The measurement of impaired loans or leases is generally discounted­ at the historical effective interest rate, except­­ that all collateral-dependent loans or leases are measured­ for impairment based on fair value of the collateral.

Loans will be charged off when they are considered a loss regardless of the delinquency status. From a delinquency standpoint, the policy of this bank is to charge off loans when they are 120 days past due unless extenuating circumstances are documented that attest to the ability to collect the loan. Special circumstances to include fraudulent loans and loans in bankruptcy will be charged off no later than 90 days of discovery or within 120 days delinquent, whichever is shorter. In lieu of charging off the entire loan balance, loans with collateral may be written down to the value of the collateral, less cost to sell, if foreclosure of repossession of collateral is assured and in process.

Income Recognition on Impaired and Nonaccrual Loans and Leases

Loans and leases, including impaired loans or leases, are generally classified as nonaccrual if they are past due as to maturity of payment of principal or interest for a period of more than 90 days unless they are well secured and are in the process of collection. While a loan or lease is classified as nonaccrual and the future collectibility of the recorded loan or lease balance is doubtful, collections of interest and principal are generally applied as a reduction to principal outstanding.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired for transactions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. Goodwill is not being amortized, but is evaluated at least annually for impairment. Intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of Bridge Street Financial, Inc. in 2006 include core deposit intangibles, customer relationship intangibles and a covenant to not compete. The core deposit intangible and customer list intangible are being amortized over 10 years using an accelerated method. The non-compete covenant is being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 3 years based on the agreement. The trust relationship intangible related to the purchase of trust accounts and related assets under management from HSBC, USA, N.A. in 2005 is amortized on a straight-line basis over a 20-year life. These intangibles are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Originated mortgage servicing rights are recorded at their fair value at the time of transfer and amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income or loss. The Company uses a valuation service provider that calculates the present value of future cash flows to determine the fair value of the servicing rights. In using this valuation method, the Company integrated assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, which included estimates of the cost of servicing per loan, the discount rate, and prepayment speeds. The carrying value of the originated mortgage servicing asset is periodically evaluated for impairment using similar market assumptions.

35



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Bank Premises, Furniture, and Equipment

Bank premises, furniture, and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range from one year to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment; three to five years for software, hardware, and data handling equipment; and 10 to 39 years for buildings and building improvements. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the respective lease. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expenses as incurred. The asset cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts for assets sold or retired and any resulting gain or loss is included in the determination of the income.

Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement No. 123R “Share-Based Payment,” (FAS 123R) for its share-based compensation plans. The Company previously accounted for these plans under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board (APB) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” (APB 25) and related interpretations and disclosure requirements established by FAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” Under APB 25, because the exercise price of the Company’s employee stock options equaled the market price of the underlying stock on the date of the grant, no compensation expense was recorded. The pro forma effects on income for stock options were instead disclosed in a footnote to the financial statements. Expense was recorded in the income statement for restricted stock units.

Under FAS 123R, all share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense in the income statement over the vesting period. The Company adopted FAS 123R using the modified prospective method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized in 2006 includes the cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006. This cost was based on grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of FAS 123. The cost for all share-based awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 represented the grant-date fair value that was estimated in accordance with the provisions of FAS 123R. Results for prior periods have not been restated. The effect of adopting the provisions of FAS123R decreased net income $28,000, net of a tax benefit of $18,000, and reduced basic and diluted earnings per share by $.01.

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share in 2005 and 2004 if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to stock option awards granted on Alliance Financial Corporation common stock.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Net Income:

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

7,507

 

$

7,255

 

Less pro forma expense related to options granted, net of related tax effects

 

 

(35

)

 

(43

)

 

 



 



 

Pro forma net income

 

$

7,472

 

$

7,212

 

Pro forma net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic — as reported

 

$

2.09

 

$

2.03

 

Basic — pro forma

 

$

2.08

 

$

2.02

 

Diluted — as reported

 

$

2.05

 

$

2.00

 

Diluted — pro forma

 

$

2.04

 

$

1.99

 

The fair value of stock options granted prior to 2003 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model was originally developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, which have different characteristics from the Company’s employee stock options. The model is also sensitive to changes in assumptions, which can materially affect the fair value estimate. There were no stock options granted by the Company in 2003 and 2005. The fair value of the 2,000 options granted by the Company in 2004 was estimated by the Company.

The majority of the stock options that have been granted by the Company vest upon the attainment of certain stock price targets. The expected life for options vesting upon the attainment of certain stock price targets is two years after the performance target is attained and the option is vested, or nine years if the targets are not met. Increased volatility of the Company’s stock price in 2003 accelerated the expected vesting of options previously granted, and was reflected in the pro-forma expense in 2003. Additional information regarding the Company’s Stock Option Plan is detailed in Footnote 18.

Segment Reporting

The Company operates as one segment. Its operations are solely in the financial services industry and include providing to its customers traditional banking, equipment leasing and other financial services. The Company operates primarily in the geographical regions of Cortland, Madison, Oneida, Onondaga, and Oswego counties of New York State, and from a Trust Administration Center in Buffalo, NY, in Erie County. In addition, Alliance Leasing conducts business in over thirty states. Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of the Company’s consolidated financial results. Therefore, the Company has a single operating segment for financial reporting purposes.

Reclassification

Reclassifications are made to prior years’ consolidated financial statements, when necessary, to conform to the current year’s presentation. These reclassifications have no effect on net income as previously reported.

Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes is based on taxes currently payable or refundable and deferred income taxes on temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amount in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reported in the financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.

36



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Trust Assets Under Management

Assets held in fiduciary or agency capacities for customers are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of condition, since such items are not assets of the Company. Fees associated with providing trust management services are recorded on a cash basis of income recognition and are included in Other Income.

2. Acquisitions

On October 6, 2006, the Company acquired Bridge Street Financial, Inc. (“Bridge Street”), the financial holding company of Oswego County National Bank, which operated eight branches in Oswego and Onondaga counties of New York, and an insurance agency subsidiary, Ladd’s Insurance Agency, Inc. The Company expects the merger to enhance its banking franchise and competitive market position in Central New York. The merger also increases the Company’s operating and marketing scale and its customer base. The Company issued 1,292,000 shares of stock valued at $38.1 million using a price of $29.46 per Bridge Street share (average of two days before and two days after merger announcement on April 24, 2006) and paid cash of $13.2 million to the former Bridge Street shareholders for total merger consideration of $51.3 million.

The acquisition of Bridge Street was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, operations acquired from Bridge Street have been included in the Company’s financial results since the acquisition date. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Bridge Street were recorded at their estimated fair values. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $33.5 million of nondeductible goodwill, $4.2 million of core deposit intangible, $942,000 of customer list intangible and $894,000 of covenant to not compete intangible. The goodwill is not being amortized, but is evaluated at least annually for impairment. No impairment of goodwill was recognized in 2006. The core deposit intangible and customer list intangible are being amortized over 10 years using an accelerated method. The non-compete covenant is being amortized over a period of 3 years based on the agreement.

The following table summarized the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the Bridge Street acquisition (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At October 6, 2006

 

 

 


 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

8,820

 

Investment securities

 

 

38,791

 

Loans (gross)

 

 

142,627

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(1,297

)

Premises and equipment

 

 

8,266

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

2,249

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

 

6,429

 

Goodwill

 

 

33,456

 

Intangible assets

 

 

6,038

 

Other assets

 

 

6,803

 

 

 



 

Total assets acquired

 

$

252,182

 

 

 



 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

137,545

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

 

35,007

 

Borrowings

 

 

23,707

 

Other liabilities

 

 

4,695

 

 

 



 

Total liabilities assumed

 

$

200,954

 

 

 



 

Presented below is certain unaudited pro forma information for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, as if Bridge Street had been acquired on January 1 of the respective years. These results combine the historical results of Bridge Street into the Company’s consolidated statements of income. While certain adjustments were made for the estimated impact of the purchase accounting adjustments and other acquisition-related activity, they are not necessarily indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition actually taken place at that time. In particular, the Company expects to achieve operating cost savings as a result of the acquisition, which are not reflected in the pro forma amounts presented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

33,162

 

$

33,747

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

(3,537

)

 

(641

)

Non-interest income

 

 

21,490

 

 

19,213

 

Operating expenses

 

 

(41,943

)

 

(42,880

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(1,254

)

 

(1,715

)

 

 



 



 

 

Net income

 

$

7,918

 

$

7,724

 

 

 



 



 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.58

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.63

 

$

1.56

 

37



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


On February 18, 2005, the Bank acquired, and assumed the successor trustee role from HSBC Bank, USA, N.A., for approximately 1,800 personal trust accounts with approximately $560 million in assets under management. In connection with the acquisition, the Bank recorded, at cost, an intangible asset in an amount of $10.1 million. The asset is being amortized over 20 years on a straight line method.

3. Investment Securities

The amortized cost and approximate fair value of investment securities at December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

 

 

 


 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Debt Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury obligations

 

$

6,839

 

$

 

$

419

 

$

6,420

 

Obligations of U.S. government - -sponsored corporations

 

 

62,178

 

 

5

 

 

731

 

 

61,452

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

86,299

 

 

1,457

 

 

368

 

 

87,388

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

97,908

 

 

163

 

 

1,908

 

 

96,163

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total debt securities

 

 

253,224

 

 

1,625

 

 

3,426

 

 

251,423

 

Stock Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock

 

 

7,985

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,985

 

Other equity securities

 

 

3,942

 

 

166

 

 

 

 

4,108

 

Mutual Funds

 

 

500

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

471

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total stock investments

 

 

12,427

 

 

166

 

 

29

 

 

12,564

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total available-for-sale

 

$

265,651

 

$

1,791

 

$

3,455

 

$

263,987

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 


 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Debt Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury obligations

 

$

6,574

 

$

 

$

469

 

$

6,105

 

Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored corporations

 

 

66,456

 

 

31

 

 

1,185

 

 

65,302

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

73,610

 

 

1,730

 

 

432

 

 

74,908

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

111,968

 

 

97

 

 

2,588

 

 

109,477

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total debt securities

 

 

258,608

 

 

1,858

 

 

4,674

 

 

255,792

 

Stock Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock

 

 

6,508

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,508

 

Other equity securities

 

 

4,632

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

4,720

 

Mutual Funds

 

 

500

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

474

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total stock investments

 

 

11,640

 

 

88

 

 

26

 

 

11,702

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total available-for-sale

 

$

270,248

 

$

1,946

 

$

4,700

 

$

267,494

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

The carrying value and estimated market value of debt securities at December 31, 2006, by contractual maturity, are shown below (in thousands). The maturities of mortgage-backed securities are based on average life of the security. All other expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 

Due in one year or less

 

$

41,357

 

$

40,951

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

120,096

 

 

118,538

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

79,847

 

 

80,009

 

Due after ten years

 

 

11,924

 

 

11,925

 

 

 



 



 

Total debt securities

 

$

253,224

 

$

251,423

 

 

 



 



 

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, investment securities with a carrying value of $228.1 million and $251.6 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral for certain deposits and other purposes as required or permitted by law.

The Company recognized gross gains of $8,000, $3,000, and $717,000, for 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, and gross losses of $10,000, $22,000, and $0, for 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

38



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


 

The following table shows the Company’s investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

 

 

 


 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or Longer

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 

Type of Security

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized Loss

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

U.S. Treasury obligations

 

$

 

$

 

$

6,320

 

$

419

 

$

6,320

 

$

419

 

U.S. government-sponsored corporations

 

 

11,697

 

 

28

 

 

45,694

 

 

703

 

 

57,391

 

 

731

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

2,046

 

 

8

 

 

22,074

 

 

360

 

 

24,120

 

 

368

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

3,526

 

 

15

 

 

70,285

 

 

1,893

 

 

73,811

 

 

1,908

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Subtotal, debt securities

 

 

17,269

 

 

51

 

 

144,373

 

 

3,375

 

 

161,642

 

 

3,426

 

Mutual Funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

471

 

 

29

 

 

471

 

 

29

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

17,269

 

$

51

 

$

144,844

 

$

3,404

 

$

162,113

 

$

3,455

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 


 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or Longer

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 

Type of Security

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized Loss

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

U.S. Treasury obligations

 

$

99

 

$

 

$

6,006

 

$

469

 

$

6,105

 

$

469

 

U.S. government-sponsored corporation

 

 

19,865

 

 

390

 

 

38,211

 

 

795

 

 

58,076

 

 

1,185

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

22,008

 

 

286

 

 

4,272

 

 

146

 

 

26,280

 

 

432

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

41,619

 

 

694

 

 

57,833

 

 

1,894

 

 

99,452

 

 

2,588

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Subtotal, debt securities

 

 

83,591

 

 

1,370

 

 

106,322

 

 

3,304

 

 

189,913

 

 

4,674

 

Mutual Funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

474

 

 

26

 

 

474

 

 

26

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

83,591

 

$

1,370

 

$

106,796

 

$

3,330

 

$

190,387

 

$

4,700

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Management does not believe any individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2006 represents an other-than-temporary impairment. A total of 29 available for sale securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and 203 securities for 12 months or longer. The unrealized losses relate primarily to securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, FNMA, GNMA, FHLMC, FHLB, the State of New York, and various political subdivisions within the State of New York. These unrealized losses are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and individually were 7.9% or less of their respective amortized cost basis. The Company has both the intent and ability to hold the securities contained in the previous table for a time necessary to recover the amortized cost.

4. Loans and Leases

Major classifications of loans and leases at December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 


 


 

 

Commercial loans

 

$

223,527

 

$

162,351

 

Leases

 

 

153,827

 

 

76,040

 

Residential Real Estate

 

 

253,825

 

 

186,550

 

Indirect Auto Loans

 

 

182,528

 

 

172,113

 

Other Consumer Loans

 

 

91,348

 

 

67,900

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

 

905,055

 

 

664,954

 

Less: Unearned income

 

 

22,489

 

 

10,868

 

Less: Allowance for loan & lease losses

 

 

7,029

 

 

4,960

 

 

 



 



 

Net loans & leases

 

$

875,537

 

$

649,126

 

 

 



 



 

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The unpaid balances of mortgage loans serviced for others were $146.2 million, $51.0 million, and $46.7 million, at December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The carrying value of mortgage servicing rights was $1.2 million, $304,000, and $292,000 at December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

39



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Nonperforming loans and leases at December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

Loans 90 days past due and still accruing

 

$

790

 

$

270

 

$

317

 

Non-accrual loans

 

 

1,849

 

 

1,358

 

 

2,434

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total nonperforming loans

 

$

2,639

 

$

1,628

 

$

2,751

 

 

 



 



 



 

5. Allowance for Loan and lease Losses

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the years ended December 31 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

Balance at January 1

 

$

4,960

 

$

5,267

 

$

6,069

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

 

2,477

 

 

144

 

 

984

 

Allowance acquired from Bridge Street Financial, Inc.

 

 

1,297

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

685

 

 

637

 

 

404

 

 

 



 



 



 

Loans and leases charged off

 

 

(2,390

)

 

(1,088

)

 

(2,190

)

 

 



 



 



 

Balance at December 31

 

$

7,029

 

$

4,960

 

$

5,267

 

 

 



 



 



 

6. Related Party Transactions

Directors and executive officers of the Company and their affiliated companies were customers of, and had other transactions with, the Company in the ordinary course of business during 2006. Loan transactions with related parties are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 


 


 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

9,324

 

$

8,893

 

New loans and advances

 

 

2,556

 

 

903

 

Loan payments

 

 

(1,966

)

 

(472

)

 

 



 



 

Balance at end of year

 

$

9,914

 

$

9,324

 

 

 



 



 

7. Bank Premises, Furniture, and Equipment

Bank premises, furniture, and equipment at December 31 consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 


 


 

Land

 

$

2,399

 

$

1,101

 

Bank premises

 

 

17,608

 

 

11,423

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

23,106

 

 

20,946

 

 

 



 



 

Total cost

 

$

43,113

 

$

33,470

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

22,988

 

 

20,438

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

$

20,125

 

$

13,032

 

 

 



 



 

8. Assets Held for Sale

Assets held for sale at December 31, 2006 include the former administrative and operations center of Bridge Street. The carrying value of the building at December 31, 2006 is $1.6 million, which was the estimated fair value at the date of acquisition.

The Company also acquired a vacant parcel of land from Bridge Street which is included in assets held for sale. The carrying value of the land at December 31, 2006 is $465,000, which was the estimated fair value at the date of acquisition.

Another property classified as held for sale is a building that formerly housed certain back-office operations of the Company. The property was transferred from premises and equipment in December 2006 at its estimated fair value of $118,000. An impairment write-down of $174,000 was recorded in connection with the transfer and is included in occupancy and equipment expense. The Company ceased depreciating the building at the time of transfer.

Two commercial loans acquired from Bridge Street with an estimated fair value of $184,000 are included in assets held for sale at December 31, 2006. The loans were recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition.

40



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


9. Other Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the company’s intangible assets that are subject to amortization (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

 

 

 



 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

Net Carrying Amount

 

 





 





 






Intangible Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core deposit intangible

 

 

$

4,202

 

 

 

$

191

 

 

 

$

4,011

 

 

Non-compete covenant

 

 

 

894

 

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

 

819

 

 

Trust business intangible

 

 

 

10,089

 

 

 

 

922

 

 

 

 

9,167

 

 

Insurance agency customer intangible

 

 

 

942

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

915

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Total

 

 

$

16,127

 

 

 

$

1,215

 

 

 

$

14,912

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 



 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

Net Carrying Amount

 

 


 


 



Trust business intangible

 

 

$

10,089

 

 

 

$

418

 

 

 

$

9,671

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets for the next five years is estimated as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core Deposit

 

Non-compete

 

Trust Business

 

Insurance Agency

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible

 

Covenant

 

Intangible

 

Customer Intangible

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 



2007

 

 

$

745

 

 

 

$

298

 

 

 

$

504

 

 

 

$

167

 

 

 

$

1,714

 

 

2008

 

 

 

668

 

 

 

 

298

 

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

 

1,620

 

 

2009

 

 

 

592

 

 

 

 

223

 

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

 

1,452

 

 

2010

 

 

 

516

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

 

1,136

 

 

2011

 

 

 

439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

1,042

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

1,051

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,647

 

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

7,948

 

 

10. Deposits

Deposits consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 



 




Non-interest-bearing checking

 

$

129,575

 

$

91,883

 

Interest-bearing checking

 

 

93,819

 

 

80,536

 

Savings accounts

 

 

85,888

 

 

55,214

 

Money market accounts

 

 

189,142

 

 

176,894

 

Time deposits

 

 

437,172

 

 

334,591

 

 

 



 



 

Total deposits

 

$

935,596

 

$

739,118

 

 

 



 



 

The following table indicates the maturities of the Company’s time deposits at December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 



 



 

Due in one year

 

$

360,638

 

$

227,073

 

Due in two years

 

 

61,951

 

 

88,255

 

Due in three years

 

 

8,128

 

 

12,106

 

Due in four years

 

 

4,109

 

 

4,764

 

Due in five years or more

 

 

2,346

 

 

2,393

 

 

 



 



 

Total time deposits

 

$

437,172

 

$

334,591

 

 

 



 



 

Total time deposits in excess of $100,000 as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $127.4 million, $113.8 million and $69.2 million, respectively.

41



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


11. Borrowings

The following is a summary of borrowings outstanding at December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Short-term:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank overnight advances

 

 

$

25,000

 

 

 

$

 

 

Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

13,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements

 

 

 

43,173

 

 

 

 

50,429

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Total short-term borrowings

 

 

 

81,473

 

 

 

 

50,429

 

 

Long-term:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank term advances

 

 

 

73,400

 

 

 

 

80,000

 

 

Repurchase agreements

 

 

 

24,777

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Total long-term borrowings

 

 

 

98,177

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Total borrowings

 

 

$

179,650

 

 

 

$

150,429

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the overnight lines of credit and federal funds purchased and short term repurchase agreements (Dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 



Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) overnight advances and federal funds purchased:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum month-end balance

 

 

$  

38,300

 

 

 

$

18,000

 

 

 

$

19,500

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

 

38,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,600

 

 

Average balance during the year

 

 

 

11,040

 

 

 

 

4,421

 

 

 

 

5,207

 

 

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

 

 

 

5.44

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.61

%

 

Weighted average interest rate during the year

 

 

 

5.46

%

 

 

 

3.69

%

 

 

 

1.71

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum month-end balance

 

 

$  

46,152

 

 

 

$

90,355

 

 

 

$

88,254

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

 

43,173

 

 

 

 

50,429

 

 

 

 

88,254

 

 

Average balance during the year

 

 

 

38,898

 

 

 

 

63,057

 

 

 

 

46,892

 

 

Weighted average interest rate at end of year

 

 

 

3.95

%

 

 

 

4.07

%

 

 

 

2.15

%

 

Weighted average interest rate during the year

 

 

 

4.47

%

 

 

 

3.16

%

 

 

 

1.46

%

 

Repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2006 are at a rate of 3.95% and were at interest rates ranging from 4.00% to 4.23% at December 31, 2005. As of the dates indicated, the contractual amounts of FHLB term advances mature as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 


 



Maturing

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average Rate

 


 


 


 


 


 

2006

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

25,000

 

 

 

 

4.43

%

 

2007

 

 

 

15,700

 

 

 

 

3.55

%

 

 

 

14,000

 

 

 

 

3.58

%

 

2008

 

 

 

16,700

 

 

 

 

5.20

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

11,000

 

 

 

 

5.26

%

 

 

 

11,000

 

 

 

 

5.26

%

 

2010

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

6.11

%

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

6.11

%

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

3.75

%

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

3.75

%

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Total FHLB Term Advances

 

 

$

73,400

 

 

 

 

4.59

%

 

 

$

80,000

 

 

 

 

4.44

%

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 


 

 

 



 

 

 

 


 

 

42



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


As of the dates indicated, the contractual amounts of long-term repurchase agreements mature as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 


 



Maturing

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average Rate

 


 


 


 


 



2008

 

 

$

2,000

 

 

 

 

3.80

%

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

2009

 

 

 

2,777

 

 

 

 

3.99

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

4.01

%

 

 

$

20,000

 

 

 

 

4.01

%

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total repurchase agreements

 

 

$

24,777

 

 

 

 

3.99

%

 

 

$

20,000

 

 

 

 

4.01

%

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 


 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Three of the Company’s fixed rate FHLB advances totaling $10.0 million at a weighted average rate of 6.11% callable in 2007 and $20.0 million with a rate of 3.75% callable in 2008. If called, the Company has the option to reprice the advance at the then-current FHLB rates or repay the advance.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had available $35.5 million and $17.5 million, respectively, of Federal Funds lines of credit with other financial institutions, of which $0 was in use at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The Company offers retail repurchase agreements primarily to its larger business customers. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company sells investment portfolio securities to the customer agreeing to repurchase the securities on the next business day. The Company views the borrowing as a deposit alternative for its business customers. On December 31, 2006, the Company had securities with a market value of $50.7 million pledged as collateral for these agreements. The Company also has agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB), and Bank approved brokers to sell securities under agreements to repurchase. At December 31, 2006, investment securities with market value of $25.3 million were pledged against repurchase agreements in the amount of $24.8 million. All of these repurchase agreements at December 31, 2006 were with the FHLB.

The Company also has access to various credit facilities through the FHLB, including an overnight line of credit, a one-month line of credit, and a Term Advance Program, under which it can borrow at various terms and interest rates. All of the credit facilities are subject to meeting the collateral requirements of the FHLB. In addition to pledging investment securities, the Company has also pledged, under a blanket collateral agreement, certain residential mortgage loans with balances at December 31, 2006 of $170.6 million. At December 31, 2006, the Company had borrowed $111.7 million against the pledged mortgages. At December 31, 2006, the Company had $59.4 million available under its various credit facilities with the FHLB.

12. Junior Subordinated Obligations

On September 21, 2006, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Financial Capital Trust II, a Delaware business trust. The Trust issued $15.0 million of 30-year floating rate Company-obligated pooled capital securities. The Company borrowed the proceeds of the capital securities from its subsidiary by issuing floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures having substantially similar terms. The capital securities mature in 2036, but may be redeemed at the Company’s option on predetermined dates with the first redemption date at par in five years. The capital securities of the trust are a pooled trust preferred fund of Preferred Term Securities XXIV, Ltd., and interest rates on the securities adjust quarterly based on the 3-month LIBOR plus 1.65% (7.01% at December 31, 2006). The Company guarantees all of the securities.

On December 19, 2003, the Company formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Alliance Financial Capital Trust I, a Delaware business trust. The Trust issued $10.0 million of 30-year floating rate Company-obligated pooled capital securities. The Company borrowed the proceeds of the capital securities from its subsidiary by issuing floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures having substantially similar terms. The capital securities mature in 2033, but may be redeemed at the Company’s option on predetermined dates with the first redemption date at par in five years. The capital securities of the trust are a pooled trust preferred fund of ALESCO Preferred Funding II, Ltd., and interest rates on the securities adjust quarterly based on the 3-month LIBOR plus 2.85% (8.23% at December 31, 2006). The Company guarantees all of the securities.

The Company had a $310,000 investment in Trust I at December 31, 2006 and 2005 and a $464,000 investment in Trust II at December 31, 2006.

The trusts are variable interest entities (“VIE’s”) as defined by FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46 R”). The Company is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE’s and as such they are not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements in accordance with FIN 46R. Liabilities owed to the trusts, totaling $25.8 million and $10.3 million, were reflected as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

43



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


13. Net Income Per Common Share

Basic and diluted net income per common share calculations for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

7,311

 

$

7,507

 

$

7,255

 

 

 



 



 



 

Average common shares outstanding

 

 

3,804,711

 

 

3,593,864

 

 

3,565,226

 

Net income per common share — basic

 

$

1.92

 

$

2.09

 

$

2.03

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

7,311

 

$

7,507

 

$

7,255

 

 

 



 



 



 

Average common shares outstanding

 

 

3,804,711

 

 

3,593,864

 

 

3,565,226

 

 

 



 



 



 

Incremental shares from assumed conversion of stock options and restricted stock

 

 

69,773

 

 

70,820

 

 

66,580

 

 

 



 



 



 

Average common shares outstanding — diluted

 

 

3,874,484

 

 

3,664,684

 

 

3,631,806

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net income per common share — diluted

 

$

1.88

 

$

2.05

 

$

2.00

 

 

 



 



 



 

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding throughout each year. Diluted earnings per share gives the effect to weighted average shares which would be outstanding assuming the exercise of options using the treasury stock method.

14. INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

Current tax expense (benefit)

 

$

1,028

 

$

2,426

 

$

(503

)

Deferred tax provision (benefit)

 

 

734

 

 

(272

)

 

2,429

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

1,762

 

$

2,154

 

$

1,926

 

 

 



 



 



 

The provision for income taxes includes the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

Federal income tax

 

$

1,468

 

$

1,982

 

$

1,785

 

New York State franchise tax

 

 

294

 

 

172

 

 

141

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

1,762

 

$

2,154

 

$

1,926

 

 

 



 



 



 

A reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate for the years indicated is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

Statutory federal income tax rate

 

 

34.0

%

 

34.0

%

 

34.0

%

State franchise tax, net of federal tax benefit

 

 

2.1

%

 

1.4

%

 

1.2

%

Tax exempt interest income

 

 

(13.2

%)

 

(11.5

%)

 

(10.8

%)

Tax exempt insurance income

 

 

(1.7

%)

 

(1.4

%)

 

(3.0

%)

Other, net

 

 

(1.8

%)  

 

(0.2

%)  

 

(0.4

%)

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

19.4

%

 

22.3

%

 

21.0

%

 

 



 



 



 

44



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


The components of deferred income taxes, included in other assets, at December 31, are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 


 


 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

826

 

$

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

 

2,676

 

 

1,932

 

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

505

 

 

 

 

Postretirement benefits

 

 

1,454

 

 

1,422

 

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

2,263

 

 

1,240

 

 

Pension costs

 

 

663

 

 

 

 

Tax attribute carry-forwards

 

 

1,894

 

 

 

 

Incentive compensation plans

 

 

257

 

 

195

 

 

Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

 

 

665

 

 

1,136

 

 

Other

 

 

351

 

 

62

 

 

 

 



 



 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

11,554

 

 

5,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

 

503

 

 

344

 

 

Loans

 

 

535

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and leasing

 

 

3,664

 

 

3,304

 

 

Deferred fees

 

 

855

 

 

288

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

2,237

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

175

 

 

11

 

 

 

 



 



 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

7,969

 

 

3,947

 

 

 

 



 



 

Net deferred tax asset at year-end

 

 

3,585

 

 

2,040

 

 

 

 



 



 

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income or the existence of sufficient taxable income or the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carry-back period. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers the scheduled reversal of the deferred tax liabilities, the level of historical taxable income, and the projected future taxable income over the periods in which the temporary differences comprising the deferred tax assets will be deductible. Based on its assessment, management determined that no valuation allowance is necessary.

The Company acquired $1.6 million in tax attribute carry-forwards in the Bridge Street acquisition. The Company has a capital loss carry-forward of $2,000 which expires in 2010. The Company also has a Federal Net Operating Loss carry-forward of $2.7 million which will expire in 2025 and an AMT Credit carry-forward of $943,000, which can be carried forward indefinitely. Lastly, the Company has a New York State Net Operating Loss carry-forward of $310,000 which will expire in 2025 and a State Tax Credit carry-forward of $8,000 which is not subject to expiration. The utilization of the net operating losses, $680,000 of the AMT credit carry-forward and the state tax credit carry-forward is subject to annual limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company believes these limitations will not prevent the carry-forward benefits from being utilized.

45



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


15. Other Comprehensive Income

A summary of activity in accumulated other comprehensive income follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

Effect from Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated unrealized (losses) gains on securities available for sale at January 1, net of tax

 

 

$

(1,644

)

 

 

$

1,474

 

 

 

$

3,517

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) for the period, net of tax (benefit) expense of $445 in 2006, $(2,099) in 2005 and $(1,361) in 2004

 

 

 

645

 

 

 

 

(3,129

)

 

 

 

(1,613

)

 

Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in net income, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(1) in 2006, $(8) in 2005 and $287 in 2004

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

(430

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Effect on other comprehensive income for the period

 

 

 

646

 

 

 

 

(3,118

)

 

 

 

(2,043

)

 

Accumulated unrealized (losses) gains on securities available for sale at December 31, net of tax

 

 

$

(998

)

 

 

$

(1,644

)

 

 

$

1,474

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect from Pension and Post-Retirement Plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated unrealized losses for pension obligations at January 1, net of tax

 

 

$

(56

)

 

 

$

(56

)

 

 

$

 

 

Change in minimum pension liability

 

 

 

(74

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Effect on other comprehensive income for the period

 

 

 

(74

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

 

Prior service costs, net of tax expense of $126 in 2006

 

 

 

(190

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss, net of tax benefit of $536 in 2006

 

 

 

(804

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting for adoption of SFAS No. 158

 

 

 

(994

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Accumulated unrealized losses for pension obligations at December 31, net of tax

 

 

$

(1,124

)

 

 

$

(56

)

 

 

$

(56

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at January 1, net of tax

 

 

$

(1,700

)

 

 

$

1,418

 

 

 

$

3,517

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

572

 

 

 

 

(3,118

)

 

 

 

(2,099

)

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting for adoption of SFAS No. 158

 

 

 

(994

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at December 31, net of tax

 

 

$

(2,122

)

 

 

$

(1,700

)

 

 

$

1,418

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

16. RETIREMENT PLANS AND POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Company provides retirement benefits through a defined contribution 401(k) plan that covers substantially all of its employees and former employees of Bridge Street. The Bridge Street defined contribution 401(k) plan was terminated on October 6, 2006 and all plan assets were transferred to the Company’s plan. Former Bridge Street employees service with Bridge Street at the time of the acquisition is deemed to be service with the Company for eligibility and vesting purposes only, but not for purposes of benefit accrual or the allocation of employer contributions. Contributions to the Company’s 401(k) plan are determined by the Board of Directors and are based on percentages of compensation for eligible employees. Contributions are funded following the end of the plan (calendar) year. Company contributions to the plan were $522,000, $656,000, and $594,000 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan which it assumed from Bridge Street. The plan covers substantially all former Bridge Street full-time employees who met eligibility requirements on October 6, 2006, at which time all benefits were frozen. Under the plan, retirement benefits are primarily a function of both the years of service and the level of compensation. The amount contributed to the plan is determined annually on the basis of (a) the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes, or (b) the amount certified by an actuary as necessary to avoid an accumulated funding deficiency as defined by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

As of October 1, 2006 (the measurement date of the plan) the fair value of plan assets was $4.5 million, and the projected benefit obligation was $4.1 million. The $374,000 excess of the fair value of plan assets over the projected benefit obligation is recorded as a prepaid expense at December 31, 2006.

The discount rate used to determine benefit obligations for the plan as of October 1, 2006 was 5.90%, and was based upon the Citibank pension liability index on September 30, 2006. The Citibank pension liability index was determined to appropriately reflect the rate at which our pension liabilities could be effectively settled, based upon the expected duration of the plan.

The rate of compensation increase is not applicable since the Company froze the plan upon acquisition.

46



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ending December 31:

 


 

 

2007

 

$

186

 

 

2008

 

 

190

 

 

2009

 

 

195

 

 

2010

 

 

219

 

 

2011

 

 

246

 

 

Years 2012-2016

 

$

1,408

 

Plan assets are invested in six diversified investment funds of the RSI Retirement Trust (the “Trust”), a no load series open-ended mutual fund. The investment funds include four equity mutual funds and two bond mutual funds, each with its own investment objectives, investment strategies and risks, as detailed in the Trust’s prospectus. The Trust has been given discretion by the Plan Sponsor to determine the appropriate strategic asset allocation versus plan liabilities, as governed by the Trust’s Statement of Investment Objectives and Guidelines (the “Guidelines”).

The long-term investment objective is to be invested 65% in equity securities (equity mutual funds) and 35% in debt securities (bond mutual funds). If the plan is underfunded under the Guidelines, the bond fund portion will be temporarily increased to 50% in order to lessen asset value volatility. When the plan is no longer underfunded, the bond fund portion will be decreased back to 35%. Asset rebalancing is performed at least annually, with interim adjustments made when the investment mix varies more than 10% from the target.

The investment goal is to achieve investment results that will contribute to the proper funding of the pension plan by exceeding the rate of inflation over the long-term. In addition, investment managers for the Trust are expected to provide above average performance when compared to their peer managers. Performance volatility is also monitored. Risk/volatility is further managed by the distinct investment objectives of each of the Trust funds and the diversification within each fund.

The plan’s weighted-average asset allocations at October 1, 2006, by asset category is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Category

 

Plan assets at
October 1, 2006

 



 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

73

%

 

Debt Securities (Bond Mutual Funds)

 

 

27

%

 

 

 



 

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

 



 

The long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption was set based on historical returns earned by equities and fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns as applied to the plan’s target allocation of asset classes. Equities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn real rates of return in the ranges of 5-9% and 2-6%, respectively. The long-term inflation rate was estimated to be 3%. When these overall return expectations are applied to the plan’s target allocation, the result is an expected rate of return of 7% to 11%.

The Company does not expect to make any contribution to its pension plan in 2007.

The Company also provides post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits to qualifying employees. Benefits are available to full-time employees who have worked 15 years and attained age 55. Subsequent to the acquisition of Bridge Street, benefits for the Bridge Street active participants were converted to those under the Company’s plan. Retirees and certain active employees with more than 20 years of service to the Company continue to receive benefits in accordance with plans that existed at First National Bank of Cortland and Oneida Valley National Bank, prior to the merger of the banks in 1999.

47



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


The following tables set forth the changes in the post-retirement plans and accrued benefit cost for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 


 


 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

5,340

 

$

5,214

 

Service cost

 

 

121

 

 

136

 

Interest cost

 

 

284

 

 

292

 

Actuarial gain

 

 

(126

)

 

(1

)

Benefits paid

 

 

(314

)

 

(301

)

Benefit obligation for former Bridge Street employees

 

 

755

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

6,060

 

$

5,340

 

 

 



 



 

Components of prepaid/accrued benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded status

 

$

(6,060

)

$

(5,340

)

Unrecognized prior service cost

 

 

N/A

 

 

210

 

Unrecognized actuarial net loss

 

 

N/A

 

 

1,479

 

 

 



 



 

Accrued benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

(6,060

)

$

(3,651

)

 

 



 



 

At December 31, 2006, there were $186,000 and $1.3 million in unamortized prior service cost and unamortized actuarial net loss, respectively, recorded as components of accumulated other comprehensive income.

The discount rates used in determining the benefit obligation as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were 5.90%, 5.50% and 5.75%, respectively and were based upon the Citibank pension liability index. The Citibank pension liability index was determined to appropriately reflect the rate at which our post-retirement liabilities could be effectively settled, based upon the expected duration of the plan.

For measurement purposes, with respect to the postretirement benefit plans, a 10.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits is assumed for 2007. The rate is assumed to decrease gradually to 4.5% by the year 2015 and remain at that level thereafter.

The composition of the plan’s net periodic cost for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

Service cost

 

$

121

 

$

188

 

$

145

 

Interest cost

 

 

284

 

 

292

 

 

306

 

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost

 

 

79

 

 

86

 

 

99

 

 

 



 



 



 

Net periodic cost

 

$

484

 

$

566

 

$

550

 

 

 



 



 



 

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans. A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One percentage
point increase

 

One percentage
point decrease

 

 

 

 


 



 

Effect on total of service and interest cost

 

$

31

 

$

(26

)

Effect on postretirement benefit obligations

 

 

406

 

 

(349

)

48



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


The following post-retirement healthcare benefits are expected to be paid over the next 10 years (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid for the year:

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

2007

 

$

399

 

2008

 

 

370

 

2009

 

 

362

 

2010

 

 

381

 

2011

 

 

400

 

2012–2016

 

$

2,098

 

The above benefit payments include expected life insurance claims, rather than the premiums that the Company is paying to provide the life insurance.

The Company assumed a supplemental retirement plan for directors from Bridge Street, providing for extended compensation after retirement. The plan was funded with life insurance policies on the participants, with the Company as owner and beneficiary of the policies. Cash surrender value of these policies approximated $6.5 million at December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2006 other liabilities include approximately $761,000 accrued under the supplemental retirement plan.

The Company has supplemental executive retirement plans for certain current and former employees. Included in other assets, the Company has segregated assets of $841,000, $602,000 and $705,000 at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, to fund the estimated benefit obligation associated with certain plans. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, other liabilities included approximately $4.5 million and $1.4 million accrued under these plans. Benefits paid under these plans were $226,000 in 2006, $206,000 in 2005 and $203,000 in 2004. The benefit obligation, service cost, and actuarial gain/(loss) were $3.5 million, and ($43,000) respectively at December 31, 2006, $1.7 million, $186,000 and ($256,000), respectively, at December 31, 2005, and $1.6 million, $209,000, and ($148,000), respectively, at December 31, 2004. Compensation expense includes approximately $480,000, $166,000, and $171,000 relating to these plans at December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

The discount rate used in determining the benefit obligation as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 was 5.80% and 5.50%, respectively. The discount rate used to determine benefit obligations for the plans was based upon the Citibank pension liability index on September 30, 2006. The Citibank pension liability index, less an adjustment of 10 basis points, was determined to appropriately reflect the rate at which our pension liabilities could be effectively settled, based upon the expected duration of the plans. For measurement purposes in 2007, with respect to the supplemental executive retirement plans, an 8.50% annual rate was assumed as the investment return on account balances, and salaries were assumed to increase at an annual rate of 4.00%.

The Company amortizes unrecognized gain or losses and prior service costs on a straight line basis over the future working lifetime of the participant expected to receive benefits under the plan. In the year of a participant’s retirement, any unrecognized gains or losses and prior service costs are fully recognized. Future unrecognized gains or losses arising after retirement are amortized over the participant’s remaining life expectancy. The compensation expense resulting from the full recognition of unrecognized losses and prior service costs totaled $328,000 in 2006. There was no such expense in 2005 and 2004.

The following supplemental retirement benefits are expected to be paid over the next 10 years (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid for the year:

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

2007

 

$

395

 

2008

 

 

388

 

2009

 

 

259

 

2010

 

 

258

 

2011

 

 

248

 

2012–2016

 

$

1,439

 

The Company recognized $112,000 and $78,000 in prior service costs and $778,000 and $26,000 in net losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax as of December 31, 2006 for the post-retirement plan and the supplemental retirement plan, respectively. As of December 31, 2005 $56,000 was recognized as a decrease to other comprehensive income for the supplemental retirement plan.

In 2007, $62,000 and $10,000 are the estimated costs that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into the net periodic cost for the post retirement plan and supplemental retirement plan, respectively.

The incremental effect of applying SFAS 158 on individual line items in the statement of condition at December 31, 2006 was a $994,000 increase, net of taxes, in other liabilities and accumulated other comprehensive loss.

The Company assumed the former Bridge Street Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), which was maintained for former employees of Bridge Street and its wholly-owned subsidiary Oswego County National Bank. Bridge Street terminated the ESOP effective October 6, 2006. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Bridge Street, and pursuant to the terms of the ESOP, the ESOP repaid the remaining balance of the loan from Bridge Street and all surplus assets in the ESOP were allocated to the participants. The dissolution of the ESOP and distribution of its assets to the participants is pending receipt of a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service.

17. Deferred Compensation

The Company maintains an optional deferred compen­sation plan for its directors, whereby fees normally received are deferred and paid by the Company upon the retirement of the director. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, other liabilities included approx­i­mately $2.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively, relating to deferred

49



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


compensation. Deferred compensation expense resulting from the earnings on deferred balances for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 approximated $319, 000, $270, 000, and $237,000, respectively.

The Company assumed a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for former directors of Bridge Street, under which participants were eligible to elect to defer all or part of their annual director fees. The plan provides that deferred fees are to be invested in mutual funds, as selected by the individual directors. The plan was discontinued effective with the acquisition of Bridge Street. At December 31, 2006, deferred director fees included in other liabilities, and the corresponding assets included in other assets, aggregated approximately $1.1 million.

18. Stock Options and Awards

The Company has a long-term incentive compensation plan that has been approved by the shareholders authorizing the use of 550,000 shares of authorized but unissued common stock of the Company. Under the plan, the Board of Directors may grant incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock awards to officers, employees, and certain other individuals.

The stock options issued by the Company are as follows:

Of the 195,128 options outstanding at December 31, 2006, 179,128 of the options were issued with a 10-year term, vesting one year after the issue date, and exercisable based on the Company achieving specified stock prices. 15,000 of the options were issued with a 10-year term and vest and become exercisable ratably over a three-year period. 1,000 of the options were issued with a five-year term and vested on issuance.

During 2006, compensation expense recognized for stock options was $28,000 net of a tax benefit of $18,000. As of December 31, 2006, there was $49,000 of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock option awards. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1 year. The company generally uses authorized but unissued shares to satisfy stock option exercises.

Stock option activity in the plan for the years ended December 31 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options
Outstanding

 

Range of
Option Price
Per Share

 

Weighted Average
Option Price
Per Share

 

Shares
Exercisable

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

47,032

 

$

17.75 — $24.75

 

$

23.00

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

10,889

 

$

24.75

 

$

24.75

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

 

195,128

 

$

17.75 — $28.65

 

$

21.85

 

 

166,718

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

10,543

 

$

18.25 — $24.75

 

$

23.84

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

4,818

 

$

24.75

 

$

24.75

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

 

253,049

 

$

17.75 — $28.65

 

$

22.19

 

 

216,368

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

2,000

 

$

26.93 — $28.65

 

$

27.79

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

17,111

 

$

18.25 — $26.93

 

$

23.76

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

977

 

$

24.75 — $26.93

 

$

25.31

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

 

268,410

 

$

17.75 — $28.65

 

$

22.30

 

 

226,911

 

The stock options outstanding at December 31, 2006 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares
Outstanding

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

 

Weighted
Average Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)

 

Shares
Exercisable

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

30,000

 

$

17.75

 

 

3.0

 

 

30,000

 

$

17.75

 

 

 

 

40,000

 

 

18.50

 

 

3.0

 

 

40,000

 

 

18.50

 

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

19.00

 

 

4.0

 

 

8,000

 

 

19.00

 

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

21.75

 

 

2.2

 

 

5,000

 

 

21.75

 

 

 

 

38,800

 

 

23.50

 

 

5.0

 

 

38,800

 

 

23.50

 

 

 

 

72,328

 

 

24.75

 

 

3.0

 

 

43,918

 

 

24.75

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

28.65

 

 

2.5

 

 

1,000

 

 

28.65

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

195,128

 

$

21.85

 

 

3.4

 

 

166,718

 

$

21.36

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

50



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $408,000, $66,000, and $120,000, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of shares outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2006 was $2.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

Restricted stock awards are recorded as deferred compensation, a component of stockholders’ equity, at fair value at the date of the grant and amortized to compensation expense over the specified vesting periods. These shares become vested over a 7-year period. Furthermore, 50% of the shares awarded, to all grantees except the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, become vested on the date, at least three years after the award date, that the Company’s stock price has closed at a price that is at least 160% of the award price for 15 consecutive days. Compensation expense to record the amortization of the cost of all restricted shares issued for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $213,000, $268,000, and $177,000, respectively.

Restricted stock activity in the plan for the years ended December 31 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average
grant price

 

 

 

 


 

 

 



 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

26,500

 

 

 

$

30.81

 

 

Vested

 

 

1,905

 

 

 

$

30.21

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

19,995

 

 

 

$

30.67

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 



 

 

Ending balance

 

 

67,375

 

 

 

$

31.06

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

24,500

 

 

 

$

31.75

 

 

Vested

 

 

643

 

 

 

$

29.40

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

3,582

 

 

 

$

30.88

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 



 

 

Ending balance

 

 

62,775

 

 

 

$

31.00

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

$

33.05

 

 

Vested

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 



 

 

Ending balance

 

 

42,500

 

 

 

$

30.56

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 



 

 

19. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments consist primarily of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition. The contract amount of those commitments and letters of credit reflects the extent of involvement the Company has in those particular classes of financial instruments. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of the instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and letters of credit as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract Amount

 

 

 


 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

135,177

 

$

96,411

 

$

87,346

 

Standby letters of credit

 

 

2,663

 

 

3,279

 

 

5,105

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payments of a fee. Since some of the commitment amounts are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including bond financing and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Since the letters of credit are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. For both commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, the amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon the extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies, but includes residential and commercial real estate.

The Company leases office space and certain branches under noncancelable operating lease agreements having initial terms which expire at various dates through 2019. Total rental expenses were approximately $982,000 in 2006, $845,000 in 2005, and $669,000 in 2004.

51



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Minimum rental payments under the initial terms of these leases are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

2007

 

$

900

 

2008

 

 

872

 

2009

 

 

821

 

2010

 

 

791

 

2011

 

 

804

 

Thereafter

 

 

3,926

 

 





Total minimum lease payments

 

$

8,114

 

 





The Bank entered into an agreement in 2005 with Onondaga County whereby the Bank obtained the naming rights to a sports stadium in Syracuse, NY. for a 20-year term. Under the agreement, the Bank paid $25,000 in 2005, $75,000 in 2006, and will pay $120,000 in 2007, and $152,000 from 2008 through 2024.

The Company is required to maintain a reserve balance as established by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The required average total reserve for the 14-day maintenance period ended December 31, 2006 was $2.3 million.

FASB Interpretation No. 47 (FIN 47) issued in March 2005 clarified that the term conditional retirement obligation as used in FASB Statement No. 143 (FAS 143), Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and (or) method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the Company. The Company is required to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when it is incurred, generally upon acquisition, construction, or development and (or) through the normal operation of the asset, and if the fair value of the liability can be reasonably estimated. FAS 143 acknowledges that in some cases sufficient information may not be available to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. The Company acknowledges that some of its facilities were constructed years ago when asbestos was used for insulation and other construction purposes. Regulations are now in place that require the Company to handle and dispose of asbestos in a special manner if major renovations or demolition of a facility are to be completed. The Company does not believe that it has sufficient information to estimate the fair value of the obligation at this time since any major renovations or demolition of any of its facilities have not been planned and would occur at an unknown future date. Accordingly, the Company has not recognized a liability or a contingent liability in connection with potential future costs to remove and dispose of asbestos from its facilities.

20. Dividends and restrictions

The primary source of cash to pay dividends to the Company’s shareholders is through dividends from its banking subsidiary. The Federal Reserve Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency are authorized to determine certain circumstances that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment of such dividends. The payment of dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base could be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice. Banking organizations may generally only pay dividends from the combined current year and prior two years’ net income less any dividends previously paid during that period. At December 31, 2006, approxi­mately $20.5 million was available for the declaration of dividends by the Bank. There were no loans or advances from the subsidiary Bank to the Company at December 31, 2006.

21. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of fair value information of financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the statement of condition, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments at December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Carrying Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Carrying Amount

 

Fair Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

27,398

 

$

27,398

 

$

22,878

 

$

22,878

 

Investment securities

 

 

263,987

 

 

263,987

 

 

267,494

 

 

267,494

 

Loans and leases

 

 

905,055

 

 

893,303

 

 

664,955

 

 

657,193

 

 

 



 



 



 




Total Financial Assets

 

$

1,196,440

 

$

1,184,688

 

$

955,327

 

$

947,565

 

 

 



 



 



 




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

935,596

 

$

935,997

 

$

739,118

 

$

738,369

 

Borrowings

 

 

205,424

 

 

203,333

 

 

160,739

 

 

159,897

 

 

 



 



 



 




Total Financial Liabilities

 

$

1,141,020

 

$

1,139,330

 

$

899,857

 

$

898,266

 

 

 



 



 



 




The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is not significant.

52



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated statements of condition for cash and short-term instruments approximate those assets’ fair value.

Investment Securities:

Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes.

Loans and Leases:

Fair values for loans and leases are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on interest rates approximating those currently being offered for loans with similar terms and credit quality. The fair value of accrued interest approximates carrying value.

Deposits:

The fair values disclosed for non-interest-bearing accounts and accounts with no stated maturity are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of time deposits was estimated by discounting expected monthly maturities at interest rates approximating those currently being offered on time deposits of similar terms. The fair value of accrued interest approximates carrying value.

Borrowings:

The fair value of borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on interest rates approximating those currently being offered for borrowings with similar terms.

Off-balance-sheet Instruments:

Off-balance-sheet financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, with fair value based on fees currently charged to enter into agreements with similar terms and credit quality.

22. Regulatory Matters

The Company and its banking subsidiary are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and its subsidiary bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total risk-based capital and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined). The leverage ratio (as defined in the regulations) reflects Tier 1 capital divided by the average total assets for the period. Average assets used in the calculation exclude the Company’s intangible assets.

The capital levels at the Company’s subsidiary bank are maintained at or above the well-capitalized minimums of 10%, 6% and 5% for the total risk-based, Tier 1 capital, and leverage ratio, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, the most recent notification from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency categorized the Bank as “well-capital­ized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

On December 19, 2003, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Financial Capital Trust I (“Trust I”), a Delaware business trust. Trust I issued $10.0 million of 30-year floating rate Company-obligated pooled capital securities (trust preferred securities). On September 21, 2006, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliance Financial Capital Trust II (“Trust II”), a Delaware business trust. Trust II issued $15.0 million of 30 year floating rate trust preferred securities. Trust preferred securities qualify as Tier I capital of the Company. On March 11, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) announced approval of its final rule that allows the inclusion of outstanding and prospective issuances of trust preferred securities in the Tier 1 capital of bank holding companies. Under the final rule, bank holding companies may treat trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital up to a 25% core capital limit until March 31, 2009. After March 31, 2009, the 25% limit will be calculated net of goodwill (net of any associated deferred tax liability). In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”) Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, the Company does not consolidate the assets and liabilities or income and expense of AFCT (a Variable Interest Entity) with the Company’s financial statements.

53



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


The Company’s regulatory capital measures are presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes

 

To Be Well Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

As of December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital

 

$

95,510

 

 

10.97

%

$

69,631

 

 

³8.00

%

$

87,039

 

 

³10.00

%

Tier 1 capital

 

 

88,215

 

 

10.14

%

 

34,816

 

 

³4.00

%

 

52,223

 

 

³6.00

%

Leverage

 

 

88,215

 

 

7. 34

%

 

48,083

 

 

³4.00

%

 

60,103

 

 

³5.00

%

As of December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital

 

$

76,766

 

 

11.72

%

$

52,407

 

 

³8.00

%

$

65,509

 

 

³10.00

%

Tier 1 capital

 

 

71,604

 

 

10.93

%

 

26,204

 

 

³4.00

%

 

39,305

 

 

³6.00

%

Leverage

 

 

71,604

 

 

7.42

%

 

38,597

 

 

³4.00

%

 

48,247

 

 

³5.00

%

23. Parent Company Financial Information

Condensed financial statement information of Alliance Financial Corporation for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 


 



Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

$

130,095

 

$

73,087

 

Cash

 

 

2,327

 

 

3,344

 

Investment securities

 

 

3,690

 

 

4,009

 

Other Assets

 

 

514

 

 

369

 

 

 



 




Total Assets

 

 

136,626

 

 

80,809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

25,774

 

 

10,310

 

Dividends payable

 

 

1,057

 

 

753

 

Other liabilities

 

 

289

 

 

175

 

 

 



 




Total Liabilities

 

 

27,120

 

 

11,238

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

4,895

 

 

3,979

 

Surplus

 

 

38,986

 

 

11,185

 

Unamortized value of restricted stock

 

 

 

 

(1,453

)

Undivided profits

 

 

70,658

 

 

66,740

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(2,122

)

 

(1,700

)

Treasury stock

 

 

(2,911

)

 

(9,180

)

 

 



 




Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

109,506

 

 

69,571

 

 

 



 




Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

136,626

 

$

80,809

 

 

 



 




Condensed Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 


 

Dividend income from subsidiary Bank

 

$

 

$

2,500

 

$

 

Interest and dividends on securities

 

 

158

 

 

206

 

 

175

 

Gain on the sale of securities

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

269

 

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

 

 

(1,139

)

 

(644

)

 

(459

)

Operating expenses

 

 

(87

)

 

(14

)

 

(97

)

 

 



 



 




 

 

 

(1,068

)

 

2,051

 

 

(112

)

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

 

8,379

 

 

5,456

 

 

7,367

 

 

 



 



 




Net Income

 

$

7,311

 

$

7,507

 

$

7,255

 

 

 



 



 




54



 

Alliance Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

7,311

 

$

7,507

 

$

7,255

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary

 

 

(8,379

)

 

(5,456

)

 

(7,367

)

 

Gains on sale of securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

(269

)

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in other assets and liabilities

 

 

3,590

 

 

314

 

 

274

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

 

 

2,546

 

 

2,362

 

 

(107

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of investment securities, available-for-sale

 

 

(464

)

 

(198

)

 

(1,739

)

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities, available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

507

 

 

Acquisition

 

 

(13,171

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

 

(13,635

)

 

(181

)

 

(1,232

)

 

 

Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuing subordinated debentures

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock purchased

 

 

(3,407

)

 

(1,225

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

 

 

1,127

 

 

252

 

 

406

 

 

Cash dividends paid

 

 

(3,111

)

 

(3,015

)

 

(3,341

)

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

 

 

10,073

 

 

(3,988

)

 

(2,935

)

 

Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

(1,016

)

 

(1,807

)

 

(4,274

)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

 

 

3,343

 

 

5,150

 

 

9,424

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

 

$

2,327

 

$

3,343

 

$

5,150

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend declared and unpaid

 

$

1,057

 

$

753

 

$

750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On September 28, 2005, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, or approximately180,000 shares, over a 12-month period commencing on October 1, 2005. On October 5, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a six month extension of the repurchase program through March 2007. At December 31, 2006, 31,830 shares remain available for repurchase under the program.

On October 26, 2001 the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a shareholders’ rights plan. Under the plan, Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock Purchase Rights were distributed at the close of business on October 29, 2001 to shareholders of record as of that date. The Rights trade with the Common Stock, and are exercisable and trade separately from the Common Stock only if a person or group acquires or announces a tender or exchange offer that would result in such person or group owning 20% or more of the Common Stock of the Company. In the event the person or group acquires a 20% Common Stock position, the Rights allow other holders to purchase stock of the Company at a discount to market value. The Company is generally entitled to redeem the Rights at $.001 per Right at any time prior to the 10th day after a person or group has acquired a 20% Common Stock position. The Rights will expire on October 29, 2011 unless the plan is extended or the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged.

55



Item 9 — Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable

Item 9A — Controls and Procedures

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY

Management is responsible for preparation of the consolidated financial statements and related financial information contained in all sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the determination of amounts that must necessarily be based on judgments and estimates. It is the belief of management that effective internal controls over financial reporting have been designed to produce reliable financial statements that have been prepared in conformity, in all material respects, with generally accepted accounting principles appropriate in the circumstances, and that the financial information appearing throughout this annual report is consistent, in all material respects, with the consolidated financial statements.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, composed solely of independent directors, meets periodically with the Company’s management, internal auditors and independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, to review matters relating to the quality of financial reporting, internal accounting control, and the nature, extent, and results of audit efforts. The internal auditors and independent public accounting firm have unlimited access to the Audit Committee to discuss all such matters.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jack H. Webb

 

/s/ J. Daniel Mohr


 


Chairman, President & CEO

 

Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer

Syracuse, New York
March 13, 2007

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with Unites States generally accepted accounting principles.

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted and evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its evaluation under that framework, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006. In addition, based on our assessment, management has determined that there were no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been audited by Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, which expresses unqualified opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROLS

Additionally, there were no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2006 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer evaluated, as of December 31, 2006, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based on that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2006 were effective.

 

 

/s/ Jack H. Webb

/s/ J. Daniel Mohr



Chairman, President & CEO

Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer

Syracuse, New York
March 13, 2007


56



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Alliance Financial Corporation:

We have completed integrated audits of Alliance Financial Corporation’s consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements

In our opinion, the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and related Consolidated Statements of Income, Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Alliance Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Syracuse, New York
March 13, 2007

57



Item 9B — Other Information

Not applicable

PART III

Item 10 — Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Information Concerning Nominees for Directors, Directors Continuing in Office and Executive Officers,” “Audit Committee Report,” and “Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s Proxy Statement. The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and senior financial management. The Company’s Code of Ethics for Senior Officers is available at the Company’s website at www.alliancebankna.com.

Item 11 — Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Executive Compensation” in the Company’s Proxy Statement issued in connection with its 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Proxy Statement”).

Item 12 — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Information Concerning Nominees For Directors, Directors Continuing In Office And Executive Officers” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” in the Company’s Proxy Statement.

Item 13 — Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Certain Transactions” in the Company’s Proxy Statement.

Item 14 — Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Independent Public Accountants” in the Company’s Proxy Statement.

58



PART IV

Item 15 — Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedules and exhibits filed as part of this form 10-K are as follows:

 

 

 

 

(a) (1)

The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 hereof:

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

(a) (2)

Financial statement schedules are omitted from this Form 10-K since the required information is not applicable to the Company.

 

 

 

 

(a) (3)

Exhibits:

The following documents are filed as Exhibits to this Form 10-K or are incorporated by reference to the prior filings of the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”).

 

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit


 


 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-62623) filed with the Commission on August 31, 1998, as amended

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit number 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-15366) filed with the Commission on September 3, 2004)

 

 

 

4.1

 

Rights Agreement dated October 19, 2001 between Alliance Financial Corporation and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, including the Certificate of Amendment to the company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the form of Rights Certificate and the Summary of Rights attached thereto as Exhibits A, B, and C, respectively (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-A12G filed with the Commission on October 25, 2001)

 

 

 

10.1

 

Alliance Financial Corporation 1998 Long Term Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-62623, filed with the Commission on August 31, 1998, as amended)

 

 

 

10.2

 

Employment Agreement dated July 6, 2006 by and between the Company and Jack H. Webb (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 7, 2006)

 

 

 

10.3

 

Change of Control Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1999, by and among the Company, First National Bank of Cortland, Oneida Valley National Bank, and James W. Getman (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 17, 1999)

 

 

 

10.4

 

Directors Compensation Deferral Plan of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 13, 1999)

 

 

 

10.5

 

Supplemental Retirement Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2000, by and among the Company, Alliance Bank, N.A. and Jack H. Webb (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 14, 2000)

 

 

 

10.6

 

First National Bank of Cortland Excess Benefit Plan for David R. Alvord, dated December 31, 1991, and all amendments thereto (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 30, 2001)

 

 

 

10.7

 

Oneida Valley National Bank Supplemental Retirement Income Plan for John C. Mott, dated September 1, 1997, and all amendments thereto (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 29, 2002)

 

 

 

10.8

 

Change of Control Agreement, dated May 3, 2006 by and between the Company and J. Daniel Mohr (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 4, 2006)

 

 

 

10.9

 

Employment Agreement dated October 6, 2005 by and among the Company and John H. Watt Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to exhibit number 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 3, 2005)

 

 

 

10.10

 

Director Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan of Oswego County Savings Bank, dated as of March 15, 2000

 

 

 

10.11

 

Oswego County National Bank Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2005

 

 

 

10.12

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Alliance Financial Corporation and Bridge Street Financial, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Regisration Statement on Form S-4/A (Registration No. 333-135141) filed with the Commission on July 25, 2006)

 

 

 

21

 

List of the Company’s Subsidiaries

59



 

 

 

23

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Jack H. Webb, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of J. Daniel Mohr, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Jack H. Webb, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of J. Daniel Mohr, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

(b)

 

See Item 15(a)(3) above.

 

 

 

(c)

 

See Item 15(a)(2) above.

60



SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

ALLIANCE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

      (Registrant)

 

 

 

 

Date March 13, 2007

 

By /s/ Jack H. Webb

 

Jack H. Webb, Chairman, President & CEO

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

Date March 13, 2007

 

By /s/J. Daniel Mohr

 

J. Daniel Mohr, Treasurer & CFO

 

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant, and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ Mary Pat Adams                                    

Date March 15, 2007                           

Mary Pat Adams, Director

 

 

 

/s/ Donald S. Ames                                      

Date March 15, 2007                           

Donald S. Ames, Director

 

 

 

/s/Donald H. Dew                                         

Date March 15, 2007                           

Donald H. Dew, Director

 

 

 

__________________________________

Date___________________________

Peter M. Dunn, Director

 

 

 

/s/ John M. Endries                                      

Date March 15, 2007                           

John M. Endries, Director

 

 

 

/s/ Samuel J. Lanzafame                               

Date March 15, 2007                           

Samuel J. Lanzafame, Director

 

 

 

/s/ Margaret G. Ogden                                 

Date March 15, 2007                           

Margaret G. Ogden, Director

 

 

 

/s/ Lowell A. Seifter                                      

Date March 15, 2007                           

Lowell A. Seifter, Director

 

 

 

__________________________________

Date___________________________

Charles E. Shafer, Director

 

 

 

__________________________________

Date___________________________

Charles H. Spaulding, Director

 

 

 

__________________________________

Date___________________________

Paul M. Solomon, Director

 

 

 

/s/Deborah F. Stanley                                  

Date March 15, 2007                           

Deborah F. Stanley, Director

 

 

 

/s/ Jack H. Webb                                          

Date March 15, 2007                           

Jack H. Webb, Chairman, President

 

& CEO and Director

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

61


GRAPHIC 2 img1.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 img1.gif M1TE&.#EA0`("`G<`,2'^&E-O9G1W87)E.B!-:6-R;W-O9G0@3V9F:6-E`"'Y M!`$`````+"X`%0#A`:T!@@``````````@```_P"``&8`9H``@/___P/_"+K< M_C#*0(.KE-6&.\]:9RD@X(4;.:K0J;IO&L[B:I8W_.'\*,Q,E,"F%YC`+JTW"[7J_X'!7.EUAR^?7\BPDU]2LBYL\E=/H/^=C/KMF MF3Y;?T]*;7]E:S)O>H-]+6]7&XQ:D(IT8IB9FIL[<):!)7PL5G&&I:%4@7)F MIH][L_9/^>>4[5)@B36M MH$$Q!-49VN:$70\7;=+<8RCH7J0MD%:Q@F@A_Y>N<_-4401H)Q:I;8C(X2MF MLB,[?AP!K6S&!^7!FS@1"CJVT.7%?=[P;!2(T:?-?Z!^!-VYKLK+2R";CC*: MIYLCB]I\IA2G\"5+J^1T9>P:4"S5G&C31M&`M)2)&&$E@HI:#^5'LNKXZ:7K M%,Y,KS1)O(47.%'1JUKSJJ2UU+"_7Y;VAL0%6:G:RVB)SO6T^>[/KY4K;Z39 M4"A'V!4/+^V6 M<37N(I$?>0YIY#`QC0^C$[TXZ!(IVMDMYQO[79]WT^23RVUMFKC[FW=E"H8[ ML[`:CT6C/Y8O77C3ZO_@$!*71E>)1LAYW!#1G7BJ?51>*DK5EMZ`U('WWH48 M9JCAAAQVZ.&'((8HXH@DEFCBB2BFJ.**++;HXHLPQBCCC#36:..-..:HXXX\ M]NCCCT`&*>201!9IY)%()DFC?])@\Q:38;`1S4[YI=51)D:`8=F67$;DUSL3 M*"EF9H/A=.5@4"(T7#7SF0F-DV.`.5]%=R5U6`N;YS).P M(79!GKGE5M6<0K"UF)>AW:^C*JH)1$7;GG9SN.BNJ:8K*9Q/_ MR,(JZX+'*LJKL!@Y^^F@G=I)I6!.GNJIL=@>:FU"PSY9ZZA>50LN/,DJNV>W MS:Z[ZK#/N+HN4^K6ZVRSSY8;[;V^VMMOJK\23.REJ:9KZ[[5MNMND@U;ZVNB M\S;JTK5?J1MP-MA:+-"KD#WW*F)=,[1I%ELEQ752>[6CXHXZ-=/%JFTS)KDJ''.=3#J<:PLGO^U+-7#:^PZG MM8:-=YAK+]V>;!LK6C*^53ARK@_R*^[KJH^],.]?E6N41 MZBMA#OB^:"JR!O/;CDOK4'3V+:7DFWIK$O2G!R]\XFGW2ZN@L3=N^_CRMIY[ M^K%/2VK?N=^O"'0`RB$(=(Q"(:\8A(3*(2E\C$)CKQ MB5",HA2G2,4J6O&*6,RB%O^WR,4N>O&+8`RC&,=(QC*:\8QH3*,:U\C&-KKQ MC7",HQSG2,,RC'O?(QS[Z\8\;!!H@Y^@\J0R2CK>2G2`/Z457*9*1 MA`S<_B`)1SRQ[PH'R*0F-\G)3GKRDZ`,I2A'2WN@I2YWR^O*7P`RF,(=)3%).8V6&S&4QE\G,9CKSF=", MIC1K>$A2G0-6I3X=*U'P"%:F;K%G4ICKUG$=%ZDEC M^B9+6J@%3\VJ5K49U0.8=*I+?0KS+K#5LIJ5F5WMI"TGF"^LGO6M<-UE6M'9 ML\]9$E]QS:M>63G73Q:'=@>LP%X'2]A0]A64:P6LZ;)0V,8V]K"A/*8D;<-8 MQUHVKI`597&8>MG.:C6SHA2``(3JV=(6%;2A%>UH9VK:UMH4M:E5[6H[M%/7 MVE:DL/6D;']K?,%&TS>:O:J!+WN,CEK6^!R]Q@_\H6E[2]YJLKK@K>XF5O3VO>N=;7O8* M5YCO;25(Z4M?\![`N\3,KROWRU_@BO>3SQVF@%])X`)[]L"EO&\P%PS+!CN8 ML-(E)X5C:>$+OS6ZZMRP+#NL7@EG-)9&H#% M4[+JINSQXNON-I/V/>Y`9SS/&MOXQE,Z6,CTAEX'!_G)UEVFB:%+9'I&]:O1 MO#&2.>'(UH5+`R^&,'RA+(!>QCB4_NWGE:=9@`)H>-8$XE) MBM_HS-Q$([C,XG3THR<::5=2>M*:M/2E,7TN)2O3MIZ>J)XK6FI6GKK-G53U MJC'-V=(2-Z1GANB:EWGK`H22`,A.-K*7:]E?DW3*#ATV,8M-2F4KF]D8GG6/ M)^SG:=\:E=9.-K;SZNQM*[C;PJ0VN,,M[NP.MMSF=F])O5IK4JK[E.QF][C+ MJNUXTQ++5\9R+^]=RGP3X`#YWO=3^^UON6:RWJ$D>+7SSPT6F*]*3#4MI!_S:^HP[/ MJ3^[ZE9W)=9S74J/IY+KN]2Y0\$>=KZ2]\:@]/C'MQYN?U;3Q2-E>]M7.790 M:EF33,E:C[(D$*G>]X[*OH?RS68_.^'M'M8E#ZRR&5T\XT_I^(X# M6M"`7F7(I[E6Y,T9S!6%]^9?V?E,RMW2JAQ]-B6+MN(M8[%'U?>H]J2N#^Y)@U.?G(EEX)(W]7/4 M%_9WGF=_@>=)K>=*^K=^]*1VH29_/09Y!$AIC<=Q"9AL`,6`VI1F!49IH*=U M5W>`GU2!%7B!7F=.`*A\W"5WR&9I"OB!?26"(MA)LK=/&.A,`,A)H&9;$9A^ MJM:"$\=N5P:#,RA\^\=/-4A,-\A<.QB"NK9)0JAL06A]9G6$OY2$.FA_YC=] M3TA]^-=85$A+#GA;!+AN6UA*76A97[A>5MA96$B$6VB!IG2&G96&]15KI@5] M;CB"%3=\FA1P33>')=A=8>A9>'AS,#AX15A2LA70*B( M''=6C0AD:]A8D5A],>AP0->'(&A;7_\(8H-%?YW4B7N8@`'6A_0VBK_%@*;H M6`)X`.6WBNHG31[EAR_6?UQF2H/86"NH9[@XA-'$B^9F>)S3#PPP`,.( M;$T7C)TUC,1(`(*'<%*X37[XAQY6>FXQ9P0`C37B]S8 MC5_EC0X&C@(S+=)X8]!(`(]XAY2VCNQ8=]P$CZX8BLM85XD3+BN(4P:`;,'F M6M2FA3XX30(Y;Q2Y;<6'2S;@CPJYD-EXA=&7;.>73?`H594#YG7=YH%/ MY94`>6XC*9:ZA%'H9HQ%A992B5]KR9:^!%(HMY71QU/]:&W`1)-V27D*]W!` MQ4EPR5)R"8>-9X"6J(R!N4P-AG+I=Y@;E9@1&8><%(^.^9C/U&&2Z7I<65%] M.9>L)XJ;R9G11&*?.9FAJ5"6J4O=B)K;I'.K"9I[B5"OZ5Z+*)O8I':U"7BM MR4^CB6RPN9N\V9N!.$J_:9NWF4_#>9E\UU7Q>)S=5(/+"9S-^4Z)69S=)G#R M2)W.1(6%66V4J4[;^6\HUW3?"9Z0F9QQ.)Y.%YS==)[H"9_LR7YN_X(E+KB> MAFF6V71KI*F;]GF?^-DG].`?31:=1[ER3T=L]%F?"TJ@Y@0?N[)]W,=Z`RI\ M_CE,Q1:@$,J?$EJ=?5*AH()Z`MI*>BF?(0B2"TF=-(I]-AHMZI&@&!JAL=>&VNB/Y7APON>AO'2) M1=I,%&I`FP9_.II_*0JC@E:,`$JE13FC5\I.1XH:/%:F3`I+RC9IUDB,;9:6 M8-FF9WI/^0DW)[>CKP2E;P:=:FFG=UJC[BF@?(JB33B31#JH!3J8W'FHJA22 MS62EC`I-F4A*BXJB5#FD@EJI:%JH56JF1O\EJI[Z3I?ZGIU*8YE:JH0J7\ZT MJN5$J:PJ3:[SZK=FJ=.(ZKN1* MH?JI8><:K=*JKOP''P:8LIH4G\8FQ`[43FAI8N%`?9DE&&YL125I5V& MHP#[3B*;JB2;4&G:&&L*4!C;LC35L9@64`U+LRP%KK4F9[5:6UI*U@ MNW=?.[:.9;/M:K9D2Z_38Z]JN[8&$3=;:J)O:W7]:C(6FGAU&W8O>R7;![)[ M:[='RE8Q&[@Q9[)_HK"&VW,ORRANN[A;FZ<(`;F'F[64.U]E>[E3:+F:R[2< MV[E/^[F@*[6B.[I56[JFB[5BF[I#B[JLZ[6N^[IAZZVR2[JK6[OIE;FXVU.Z MN[LVA;9ZZKN8R[9JBGS"Z[EQ2Z(H>[Q)B[#XH[C,NUV->WF`&[VA*[&V9[S6 M&XL(&S<4J[?;:[MQFQ2/`;[A>[KL&KSGB[ZTN[Z%U;ONJU'P&[\6-;_T_UNR ML7N_666_^OM0_-N_#?6_`.RR^3O`1"7`!DQ0")S``K7`#$R"M_O`<>7`$GRP M:M$N*5O!6W49VU&X&CS!5G)Z=-M/&4Q/)2Q/)XS"`[5(PB#"%;M/*?Q.,=Q. M,TS#*\S!E_?"^E3#[,3#ZN3#/WS#./RQ#5'$1GS$2)S$2KS$3-S$3OS$4!S% M4CS%5%S%5GS%6)S%+!PG'DM)>_1^7HQ'6QS&9%S&9GS&:)S&:KS&;-S&;OS& M10,8B8&C)R+',-LB=@S&*I+'&K,BK"%`+L+'P6*0'5,J8_P>GM,,BU7'SP)` M=$PBB3PRY`+)XN,^?MS(A'NWNJ(OATP<=Y/)W_\+R12D.:V&(I_L.!.TQZ.L MR&Z,"^E\P7"1+O/,P?7\#]^,.WHLSGY@SW`HA%Y>C=;LM-9DK4G:I==L;=B;5%N!'=A:9=?`*&J+?0!['=>4?=;5>]E? M30&=Q-AQC=F@S=F?O=>8W=F=+=J"E=FAK=EZS=E>C=IT+4QOZ)>6_4F(;=JU MS=JY?=N4O<%2366.IMB67=F3[=BO+=R&G=J[7=B-K=B`W=N%/=G#C=QIW=MF M#=W5S=M^+7FS[:*C?=JV#=?-/=VY7=>_?=<-R=9B7=N;[=K"S=B9#=WL_=[* M_TW>U%W?TDW=\FW8)W@ MV:VDGAW@$F[AR_W<]JW=[]W?&3[?&R[@=$K@Y5W=!Z[?%_[8YRU+7-W7;@WB MZ[W;L&W@);[TOE4^U46)[E1;7E7#Y47O[EO+OB8M[E9%[F8'[F:#[F M#+[F317F;MY2BZ_:M[G=?[G@([G@C[H>U[HAN[G M;9[HHWKEYD4Y*M?C@L;U*2O[=GO^NV9_^6`/YX$M^V`8> MWTE.XZ.=PE9>3Y<^2IGNXD7.Z0J.X1ONV(ZUBZ5$Y-:MWP%NWPI^V$LNZXJN M(;;F<1UX;RDNUZO=ZPCNX9<][%NULA,9[;9>Z[_N[#6>WZT]X_Q=OXZ>BL@. M@Y,W]UA_^V=+^6=3NF(@-X)_^[=E>Z_&M[1%>[!FB2\%'ZMA-WTW. MVO&>U]=^ZI8UG:.TV:NNX3@^U\#^ZS&.W:W.K^%>2OTNZ_(^[)V^\="NW;A. M6)7N[[PN[_2.ZZI^X?P]\;NZZ,W4\-W>WCT^\$SNY)Z^ZI(CU!*O_0*?/1.S_10'_5/S_)4GU%-?_7] ME/5:;\'&WO4;9=-B/_9D7_9F?_9HG_9JO_9LW_9N__9P'_=R/_=T7_=V?_=X MG_=ZO_=\W_=^__>`'_B"/_B$K]"@4S[OG+Y>0QN,+S((PV5J,CA?DS>^0VC" MS!8N$\J/#Q-WTS7TC,&M//G44'N$@[?A&,YPXS9:@LF.&S!`4S>^:/F2CR$^ M`_N;3_FE[_FIC\^+S\(8W/IZ8CZP0R^2O!R2<#BD@?O.?*,4U"7';WEE\3?7 MD?LO#JO'N$(/=Y@356 M*$BE6JIRYDM.J]K&HWSBHN24GEM-@FD%4:S;7]`.D-G3GE]6SUD-V-V MCUQUBC^3B%"-@"87E%"`9IE6HAU88D9:=U)X87NJIT*FATR/5WN;48BK=JI/ M/+%KD;!S57>%N$BE> EX-10.10 3 d71248_ex10-10.htm DIRECTOR SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT

Exhibit 10.10

 

DIRECTOR SUPPLEMENTAL

 

RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLAN

 

OSWEGO COUNTY SAVINGS BANK

 

Oswego, New York

 

March 15, 2000

 

Financial Institution Consulting Corporation

 

700 Colonial Road, Suite 260

 

Memphis, Tennessee 38117

 

WATS: 1-800-873-0089

 

FAX: (901) 684-7414

 

(901) 684-7400




DIRECTORS SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLAN

          This Directors Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan (the “Plan”), executed as of the 15th day March, 2000, formalizes the understanding by and between OSWEGO COUNTY SAVINGS BANK. (the “Bank”), a state chartered savings bank, and its directors, hereinafter referred to as “Director(s)”, who shall be eligible to participate in this Plan by execution of a Directors Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan Joinder Agreement (“Joinder Agreement”) in a form provided by the Bank. Any reference herein to the “Holding Company” shall mean the Oswego County Bancorp, Inc. and any reference to the “Mutual Holding Company” shall mean Oswego County Mutual Holding Co., M.H.C.

WITNESSETH:

          WHEREAS, the Directors serve the Bank as members of the Board of Directors; and

          WHEREAS, the Bank desires to honor, reward and recognize the Directors who have provided long and faithful service to the Bank and to ensure the continued service on the Board by such Directors until retirement age; and

          WHEREAS, the Directors wish to be assured that they will be entitled to a certain amount of extended compensation for some definite period of time from and after retirement from active service with the Bank or other termination of service and wish to provide their beneficiaries with benefits from and after death; and

          WHEREAS, the Bank and the Directors wish to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Bank shall pay such extended compensation to the Directors after retirement or other termination of service and/or death benefits to their beneficiaries after death; and

          WHEREAS, the Bank and the Directors intend this Plan to be considered an unfunded arrangement, maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement income for such Directors; and

          WHEREAS, the Bank has adopted this Directors Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan which controls all issues relating to Retirement Benefits as described herein;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises herein contained, the Bank and the Directors agree as follows:

SECTION I

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

When used herein, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

 

1.1

Accrued Benefit” means that portion of the Retirement Benefit which is required to be expensed and accrued under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) by any appropriate method which the Bank’s Board of Directors may require in the exercise of its sole discretion.

 

 

1.2

“Act” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

 

1.3

“Administrator” means the Bank.

 

 

1.4

“Bank” means OSWEGO COUNTY SAVINGS BANK and any successor thereto.

 

 

1.5

“Beneficiary” means the person or persons (and their heirs) designated as Beneficiary in the Director’s Joinder Agreement to whom the deceased Director’s benefits are payable. If no Beneficiary is so designated, then the Director’s Spouse, if living, will be deemed the Beneficiary. If the Director’s Spouse is not living, then the Children of the Director will be deemed the Beneficiaries and will take on a per stirpes basis. If there are no living Children, then the Estate of the Director will be deemed the Beneficiary.

 

 

1.6

“Benefit Age” shall be the birthday on which the Director becomes eligible to receive the Retirement Benefit under the Plan. Such birthday shall be designated in the Director’s Joinder Agreement.

 

 

1.7

“Benefit Eligibility Date” shall be the date on which a Director is entitled to receive his Retirement Benefit. A Director’s “Benefit Eligibility Date” shall occur on the 1st day of the month coincident with or next following the month in which the Director attains his Benefit Age designated in the Joinder Agreement.

 

 

1.8

“Cause” means personal dishonesty, willful misconduct, willful malfeasance, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), or final cease-and-desist order, material breach of any provision of this Plan, or gross negligence in matters of material importance to the Bank.

 

 

1.9

A “Change in Control” shall mean and include the following with respect to the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank, or the Holding Company:

1



 

 

 

(1)

a reorganization, merger, merger conversion, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, or a similar transaction in which the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company is not the resulting entity; or

 

 

(2)

individuals who constitute the board of directors of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election was approved by the Holding Company’s nominating committee which is comprised of members of the Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (ii) considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” of the Bank or the Holding Company shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Mutual Holding Company ceases to own at least 51°% of all outstanding shares of stock of the Holding Company in connection with a liquidation of the Mutual Holding Company into the Holding Company or a conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from mutual to stock form.

          In addition, “Change in Control” shall mean and include the following with respect to the Bank or the Holding Company in the event that the Mutual Holding Company converts to stock form or in the event that the Holding Company issues shares of its common stock to stockholders other than the Mutual Holding Company:

 

 

 

(1)

a change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (hereinafter the “Exchange Act”); or

 

 

(2)

an acquisition of “control” as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act and applicable regulations thereunder (“BHCA”), as determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Holding Company; or

 

 

(3)

at such time as:


 

(i)

any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) or “group acting in concert” is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing Twenty Percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s or Holding Company’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the elections of directors, except for any stock purchased by the Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and/or the trust under such plan; or

 

 

 

(ii)

a proxy statement is issued soliciting proxies from the stockholders of the Holding Company by someone other than the current management of the Holding Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Holding Company with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of the Holding Company’s securities are exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Holding Company.


 

 

 

          The term “person” includes an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities. The term “acquire” means obtaining ownership, control, power to vote or sole power of disposition of stock, directly or indirectly or through one or more transactions or subsidiaries, through purchase, assignment, transfer, exchange, succession or other means, including (1) an increase in percentage ownership resulting from a redemption, repurchase, reverse stock split or a similar transaction involving other securities of the same class; and (2) the acquisition of stock by a group of persons and/or companies acting in concert which shall be deemed to occur upon the formation of such group, provided that an investment advisor shall not be deemed to acquire the voting stock of its advisee if the advisor (a) votes the stock only upon instruction from the beneficial owner and (b) does not provide the beneficial owner with advice concerning the voting of such stock. The term “security” includes nontransferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion, as well as a “security,” as defined in 15 U.S.C. ss. 78c(2)(1); and the term “acting in concert” means (1) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, or (2) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. Further, acting in concert with any person or company shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company that is acting in concert with such other person or company.

 

 

 

          Notwithstanding the above definitions, the boards of directors of the Bank or the Holding Company, in their absolute discretion, may make a finding that a Change in Control of the Bank or the Holding Company has taken place without the occurrence of any or all of the events enumerated above.

 

 

1.10

“Children” means the Director’s children, or the issue of any deceased Children, then living at the time payments are due the Children under this Plan. The term “Children” shall include both natural and adopted Children.

 

 

1.11

“Disability Benefit” means the monthly benefit payable to the Director following a determination, in accordance with Subsection 3.6, that he is no longer able, properly and satisfactorily, to perform his duties as Director.

2



 

 

1.12

“Effective Date” of this Plan shall be March 15, 2000.

 

 

1.13

“Estate” means the estate of the Director.

 

 

1.14

“Interest Factor” means monthly compounding or discounting, as applicable, at seven percent (7%) per annum.

 

 

1.15

“Payout Period” means the time frame during which certain benefits payable hereunder shall be distributed. Payments shall be made in equal monthly installments commencing within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of the event which triggers distribution for One Hundred Twenty (120) consecutive months. For purposes of the Survivor’s Benefits payable hereunder, the Payout Period shall be One Hundred Twenty (120) consecutive months.

 

 

1.16

“Plan Year” shall mean the calendar year.

 

 

1.17

“Spouse” means the individual to whom the Director is legally married at the time of the Director’s death.

 

 

1.18

“Retirement Benefit” means an annual amount payable to the Director in monthly installments throughout the Payout Period, equal to the amount designated in the Director’s Joinder Agreement and subject to Subsection 3.1.

 

 

1.19

“Survivor’s Benefit” means an annual amount payable to the Beneficiary in monthly installments throughout the Payout Period, equal to the amount designated in the Director’s Joinder Agreement and subject to Subsection 3.2.

SECTION II

ESTABLISHMENT OF RABBI TRUST

 

 

          The Bank intends to establish a rabbi trust into which the Bank intends to contribute assets which shall be held therein, subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors in the event of the Bank’s “Insolvency” as defined in the plan which establishes such rabbi trust, until the contributed assets are paid to the Directors and their Beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in this Plan. It is the intention of the Bank to make contributions to the rabbi trust to provide the Bank with a source of funds to assist it in meeting the liabilities of this Plan. The rabbi trust and any assets held therein shall conform to the terms of the rabbi trust agreement which has been established in conjunction with this Plan. To the extent the language in this Plan is modified by the language in the rabbi trust agreement, the rabbi trust agreement shall supersede this Plan. Any contributions to the rabbi trust shall be made during each Plan Year in accordance with the rabbi trust agreement. The amount of such contribution(s) shall be at least equal to the Director’s Accrued Benefit, if any, less: (i) previous contributions made on behalf of the Director to the rabbi trust, and (ii) earnings to date on all such previous contributions.

SECTION III

BENEFITS

 

 

 

3.1

 

Retirement Benefit. If the Director is in the service of the Bank until reaching his Benefit Age, the Director shall be entitled to the Retirement Benefit. Such Retirement Benefit shall commence on the 1st day of the month following the Director’s actual retirement or other termination of service on the Board, other than a termination of service due to the Director’s death, and shall be payable in monthly installments throughout the Payout Period. In the event a Director dies after commencement of the Retirement Benefit payments but before completion of all such payments due and owing hereunder, the Bank shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary a continuation of the monthly installments for the remainder of the Payout Period.

 

 

 

 

 

A Director may, upon proper notice, reduce his Benefit Age so long as his Benefit Age, as modified, is not less than age sixty-five (65); provided however, that the Director has served on the Board for not less than ten {10) years from the effective date of this Plan. The Director must give notice in writing at least twelve (12) months prior to attaining his new Benefit Age, provided that such notice is given no later than the calendar year prior to attainment of the new Benefit Age. If the Director makes such an election, the Director shall be entitled to the annuitized value of the Accrued Benefit (using the Interest Factor) payable in monthly installments over the Payout Period commencing within thirty (30) days of the Director’s attainment of the new Benefit Age. In the event that the Director dies after having given notice of electing to retire at the new Benefit Age but before leaving the service of the Bank or attaining the new Benefit Age, the Director’s beneficiary will be entitle to the annuitized value of the Director’s Accrued Benefit (using the Interest Factor) payable in monthly installments over the Payout Period commencing within thirty (30) days of the Director’s death.

 

 

 

3.2

 

Death Prior to Benefit Age. If the Director dies prior to attaining his Benefit Age but while in the service of the Bank, the Director’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to the Survivor’s Benefit. The Survivor’s Benefit shall commence within thirty (30) days of the Director’s death and shall be payable in monthly installments throughout the Payout Period.

 

 

 

3.3

 

Voluntary or Involuntary Termination Other Than for Cause

3



 

 

 

 

(a)

If the Director’s service with the Bank is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated prior to the attainment of his Benefit Eligibility Date, for any reason other than for Cause, the Director’s death, disability, or following a Change in Control (as defined), the Director (or his Beneficiary) shall be entitled to the annuitized value (using the Interest Factor) of (i) his vested Accrued Benefit calculated as of the date of his termination of service, plus (ii) interest accrued on such vested Accrued Benefit from the date of termination until his Benefit Age.

 

 

 

 

 

Such benefit shall commence on the Director’s Benefit Eligibility Date and shall be payable in monthly installments throughout the Payout Period. In the event the Director dies at any time after commencement of payments hereunder, but prior to completion of all such payments due and owing hereunder, the Bank shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary a continuation of the monthly installments for the remainder of the Payout Period.

 

 

 

 

(b)

If the Director dies after his voluntary or involuntary termination of service occurring prior to his Benefit Eligibility Date, and prior to the commencement of benefits hereunder, the Director’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to the annuitized value {using the Interest Factor) of his Accrued Benefit. The payment of such benefit shall commence within thirty (30) days of the Director’s death. The benefit shall be payable in monthly installments over the Payout Period.

 

 

 

3.4

Termination of Service Related to a Change in Control.

 

 

 

 

(a)

If the Director’s service is terminated (either voluntarily or involuntarily) following or coincident with a Change in Control, the Director shall be entitled to his full Retirement Benefit (as if he had remained in service until his Benefit Age). Such benefit shall commence on the 1st day of the month following his termination of service and shall be payable in monthly installments throughout the Payout Period. In the event that the Director dies at any time after commencement of the payments, but prior to completion of all such payments due and owing hereunder, the Bank, or its successor, shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary a continuation of the monthly installments for the remainder of the Payout Period.

 

 

 

 

(b)

If, after such termination, the Director dies prior to commencement of the benefits hereunder, the Director’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to the Survivor’s Benefit which shall commence within thirty (30) days of the Director’s death. The Survivor’s Benefit shall be payable in monthly installments over the Payout Period.

 

 

 

3.5

Termination for Cause. If the Director is terminated for Cause, all benefits under this Plan shall be forfeited and this Plan shall become null and void as to the Director.

 

 

3.6

Disability Benefit. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if requested by the Director and approved by the Board of Directors, the Director who has not attained his Benefit Eligibility Date shall be entitled to receive the Disability Benefit hereunder, in any case in which it is determined by a duly licensed physician selected by the Bank, that the Director is no longer able, properly and satisfactorily, to perform his regular duties as a Director, because of ill health, accident, disability or general inability due to age. If the Director’s service is terminated pursuant to this paragraph and Board of Director approval is obtained, the Director may elect to begin receiving the Disability Benefit in lieu of any benefit available under Section 3.3, which is not available prior to the Director’s Benefit Eligibility Date. The Disability Benefit shall equal the Director’s Accrued Benefit, annuitized {using the Interest Factor) over the Payout Period. The Disability Benefit shall be payable in monthly installments over the Payout Period commencing within thirty (30) days following the later of (i) the above mentioned disability determination and (ii) the approval of the Disability Benefit by the Board of Directors. In the event the Executive dies at any time after termination of employment due to disability but prior to commencement or completion of all payments due and owing hereunder, the Bank shall pay to the Executive’s Beneficiary a continuation of the monthly installments for the remainder of the Payout Period.

SECTION IV

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

 

          The Director shall make an initial designation of primary and secondary Beneficiaries upon execution of his Joinder Agreement and shall have the right to change such designation, at any subsequent time, by submitting to the Administrator in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A to the Joinder Agreement, a written designation of primary and secondary Beneficiaries. Any Beneficiary designation made subsequent to execution of the Joinder Agreement shall become effective only when receipt thereof is acknowledged in writing by the Administrator.

SECTION V

DIRECTOR’S RIGHT TO ASSETS

 

 

          The rights of the Director, any Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through the Director under this Plan, shall be solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Bank. The Director, the Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through the Director, shall only have the right to receive from the Bank those payments so specified under this Plan. The Director agrees that he, his Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through him shall have no rights or interests whatsoever in any asset of the Bank, including any insurance policies or contracts which the Bank may possess or obtain to informally fund this Plan. Any asset used or acquired by the Bank in connection with the liabilities it has assumed under this Plan, unless expressly provided herein, shall not be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of the Director or his

4



 

 

Beneficiaries, nor shall any asset be considered security for the performance of the obligations of the Bank. Any such asset shall be and remain, a general, unpledged, and unrestricted asset of the Bank

SECTION VI

RESTRICTIONS UPON FUNDING

 

 

          The Bank shall have no obligation to set aside, earmark or entrust any fund or money with which to pay its obligations under this Plan. The Director, his Beneficiaries or any successor in interest to him shall be and remain simply a general unsecured creditor of the Bank in the same manner as any other creditor having a general claim for matured and unpaid compensation. The Bank reserves the absolute right in its sole discretion to either purchase assets to meet its obligations undertaken by this Plan or to refrain from the same and to determine the extent, nature, and method of such asset purchases. Should the Bank decide to purchase assets such as life insurance, mutual funds, disability policies or annuities, the Bank reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to terminate such assets at any time, in whole or in part. At no time shall the Director be deemed to have any lien, right, title or interest in or to any specific investment or to any assets of the Bank. If the Bank elects to invest in a life insurance, disability or annuity policy upon the life of the Director, then the Director shall assist the Bank by freely submitting to a physical examination and by supplying such additional information necessary to obtain such insurance or annuities.

SECTION VII

ALIENABILITY AND ASSIGNMENT PROHIBITION

 

 

         Neither the Director nor any Beneficiary under this Plan shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits payable hereunder, nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Director or his Beneficiary, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise. In the event the Director or any Beneficiary attempts assignment, communication, hypothecation, transfer or disposal of the benefits hereunder, the Bank’s liabilities shall forthwith cease and terminate.

SECTION VIII

ACT PROVISIONS

 

 

8.1

Named Fiduciary and Administrator. The Bank, as Administrator, shall be the Named Fiduciary of this Plan. As Administrator, the Bank shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of the Plan as established herein. The Administrator may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

 

8.2

Claims Procedure and Arbitration. In the event that benefits under this Plan are not paid to the Director (or to his Beneficiary in the case of the Director’s death) and such claimants feel they are entitled to receive such benefits, then a written claim must be made to the Administrator within sixty {60) days from the date payments are refused. The Bank and its Board of Directors shall review the written claim and, if the claim is denied, in whole or in part, they shall provide in writing, within ninety (90) days of receipt of such claim, their specific reasons for such denial, reference to the provisions of this Plan or the Joinder Agreement upon which the denial is based, and any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim. Such writing by the Bank and its Board of Directors shall further indicate the additional steps which must be undertaken by claimants if an additional review of the claim denial is desired.

 

 

 

If claimants desire a second review, they shall notify the Administrator in writing within sixty (60) days of the first claim denial. Claimants may review this Plan, the Joinder Agreement or any documents relating thereto and submit any issues and comments, in writing, they may feel appropriate. In its sole discretion, the Administrator shall then review the second claim and provide a written decision within sixty (60) days of receipt of such claim. This decision shall state the specific reasons for the decision and shall include reference to specific provisions of this Plan or the Joinder Agreement upon which the decision is based.

 

 

 

If claimants continue to dispute the benefit denial based upon completed performance of this Plan and the Joinder Agreement or the meaning and effect of the terms and conditions thereof, then claimants may submit the dispute to mediation, administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) (or a mediator selected by the parties) in accordance with the AAA’s Commercial Mediation Rules. If mediation is not successful in resolving the dispute, it shall be settled by arbitration administered by the AAA under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

SECTION IX

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

9.1

No Effect on Director’s Rights. Nothing contained herein will confer upon the Director the right to be retained in the service of the Bank nor limit the right of the Bank to deal with the Director without regard to the existence of the Plan.

 

 

9.2

State Law. The Plan is established under, and will be construed according to, the laws of the State of New York, to the extent such laws are not preempted by the Act and valid regulations published thereunder.

5



 

 

9.3

Severability. In the event that any of the provisions of this Plan or portion thereof, are held to be inoperative or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, then: (1) insofar as is reasonable, effect will be given to the intent manifested in the provisions held invalid or inoperative, and (2) the validity and enforce ability of the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby.

 

 

9.4

Incapacity of Recipient. In the event the Director is declared incompetent and a conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or Estate is appointed, any benefits under the Plan to which such Director is entitled shall be paid to such conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or Estate.

 

 

9.5

Unclaimed Benefit. The Director shall keep the Bank informed of his current address and the current address of his Beneficiaries. The Bank shall not be obligated to search for the whereabouts of any person. If the location of the Director is not made known to the Bank as of the date upon which any payment of any benefits may first be made, the Bank shall delay payment of the Director’s benefit payment(s) until the location of the Director is made known to the Bank; however, the Bank shall only be obligated to hold such benefit payment(s) for the Director until the expiration of thirty-six {36) months. Upon expiration of the thirty-six (36) month period, the Bank may discharge its obligation by payment to the Director’s Beneficiary. If the location of the Director’s Beneficiary is not made known to the Bank by the end of an additional two (2) month period following expiration of the thirty-six (36) month period, the Bank may discharge its obligation by payment to the Director’s Estate. If there is no Estate in existence at such time or if such fact cannot be determined by the Bank, the Director and his Beneficiary(ies) shall thereupon forfeit any rights to the balance, if any, of any benefits provided for such Director and/or Beneficiary under this Plan.

 

 

9.6

Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as an employee or agent of the Bank, or as a member of the Board of Directors shall be personally liable to the Director or any other person for any claim, loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with the Plan.

 

 

9.7

Gender. Whenever in this Plan words are used in the masculine or neuter gender, they shall be read and construed as in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, whenever they should so apply.

 

 

9.8

Effect on Other Corporate Benefit Plans. Nothing contained in this Plan shall affect the right of the Director to participate in or be covered by any other corporate benefit available to Directors of the Bank constituting a part of the Bank’s existing or future compensation structure.

 

 

9.9

Suicide. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the benefits otherwise provided herein shall not be payable and this Plan shall become null and void with respect to the Director if the Director’s death results from suicide, whether sane or insane, within twenty-four (24) months after the execution of his Joinder Agreement.

 

 

9.10

Inurement. This Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank, its successors and assigns, and the Director, his successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and Beneficiaries.

 

 

9.11

Headings. Headings and sub-headings in this Plan are inserted for reference and convenience only and shall not be deemed a part of this Plan.

SECTION X

AMENDMENT/REVOCATION

 

 

          This Plan shall not be amended, modified or revoked at any time, in whole or part, as to any Director, without the mutual written consent of the Director and the Bank, and such mutual consent shall be required even if the Director is no longer in the service of the Bank.

SECTION XI

EXECUTION

 

 

11.1

This Plan sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and any previous agreements or understandings between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof are merged into and superseded by this Plan.

 

 

11.2

This Plan shall be executed in triplicate, each copy of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be an original, but all three copies shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

6



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Plan to be executed on the day and date first above written.

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

OSWEGO COUNTY SAVINGS BANK

 

 

 

/s/ Lisa King

 

By: /s/ Gregory Kreis


 


 

 

Title: 

President & CEO

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul Schneible

 

/s/ Paul Heins


 


Paul Schneible

 

Paul Heins

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bruce Frassinelli

 

/s/ Michael R. Brower


 


Bruce Frassinelli

 

Michael R. Brower

 

 

 

/s/ Deborah Stanley

 

 


 

 

Deborah Stanley

 

 

7



DIRECTORS SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLAN
JOINDER AGREEMENT

          I, Lowell Seifter, and OSWEGO COUNTY SAVINGS BANK, hereby agree for good and valuable consideration, the value of which is hereby acknowledged, that I shall participate in the Directors Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan (“Plan”) established on March 15, 2000, by OSWEGO COUNTY SAVINGS BANK, as such Plan may now exist or hereafter be modified; and do further agree to the terms and conditions hereof.

          I understand that I must execute this Directors Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan Joinder Agreement (“Joinder Agreement”) as well as notify the Administrator of such execution in order to participate in the Plan from its Effective Date. Otherwise, I may execute this Joinder Agreement and give notice of such execution to the Administrator at least thirty (30) days prior to any February 1.

          My “Benefit Age” shall be Sixty-Five (65)>

          My annual “Retirement Benefit” shall be Twenty-Three Thousand Seven Hundred and Seventeen Dollars ($23,717), subject to Subsection 3.1 and all relevant Subsections of the Plan.

          My annual “Survivor’s Benefit” shall be Twenty-Three Thousand Seven Hundred and Seventeen Dollars ($23,717), subject to Subsection 3.2 and all relevant Subsections of the Plan.

          In general, I understand that my receipt (or my Beneficiary’s receipt) of the Retirement Benefit (or Survivor’s Benefit) shall be subject to all provisions of the Plan.

          In General, I understand that if I voluntarily or involuntarily terminate service at the Bank pursuant to Subsection 3.3 of the Plan and prior to reaching my Benefit Age, for any reason other than for Cause, my retirement benefit shall be computed in accordance with Subsection 3.3 of the Plan, and in general such benefit shall be based on the annuitized value of (i) my Accrued Benefit on such date, plus (ii) interest accrued on such Accrued Benefit from the date of termination until my Benefit Age.

          I hereby designate the following individuals as my “Beneficiary” and I am aware that I can subsequently change such designation by submitting to the Administrator, at any subsequent time, and in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, a written designation of the primary and secondary Beneficiaries tow hom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of my death prior to complete distribution of the benefits due and payable under the Plan. I understand that any Beneficiary designation made subsequent to execution of the Joinder Agreement shall become effective only when receipt thereof is acknowledged in writing by the Administrator.

 

 

PRIMARY BENEFICIARY:

Sharon McAuliffe

 

 

SECONDARY BENEFICIARY: 

Gabriel Seifter, Miriam Seifter and Catherine Wise

 

 

          I further understand that I am entitled to review or obtain a copy of the Plan, at any time, and may do so by contacting the Bank.

          This Joinder Agreement shall become effective upon execution (below) by both the Director and a duly authorized officer of the Bank.

          Dated this ________ day of _____________________, 2002.

 

/s/Lowell Seifter


(Director)

 

/s/Gregory Kreis


(Bank’s duly authorized Officer)
President & CEO

8



DIRECTORS SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLAN
JOINDER AGREEMENT

          I, Deborah Stanley, and OSWEGO COUNTY SAVINGS BANK, hereby agree for good and valuable consideration, the value of which is hereby acknowledged, that I shall participate in the Directors Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan (“Plan”) established on March 15, 2000, by OSWEGO COUNTY SAVINGS BANK, as such Plan may now exist or hereafter be modified; and do further agree to the terms and conditions hereof.

          I understand that I must execute this Directors Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan Joinder Agreement (“Joinder Agreement”) as well as notify the Administrator of such execution in order to participate in the Plan from its Effective Date. Otherwise, I may execute this Joinder Agreement and give notice of such execution to the Administrator at least thirty (30) days prior to any February 1.

          My “Benefit Age” shall be Sixty-Five (65)>

          My annual “Retirement Benefit” shall be Twenty-Four Thousand Six Hundred and Forty Dollars ($24,640), subject to Subsection 3.1 and all relevant Subsections of the Plan.

          My annual “Survivor’s Benefit” shall be Twenty-Four Thousand Six Hundred and Forty Dollars ($24,640), subject to Subsection 3.2 and all relevant Subsections of the Plan.

          In general, I understand that my receipt (or my Beneficiary’s receipt) of the Retirement Benefit (or Survivor’s Benefit) shall be subject to all provisions of the Plan.

          In General, I understand that if I voluntarily or involuntarily terminate service at the Bank pursuant to Subsection 3.3 of the Plan and prior to reaching my Benefit Age, for any reason other than for Cause, my retirement benefit shall be computed in accordance with Subsection 3.3 of the Plan, and in general such benefit shall be based on the annuitized value of (i) my Accrued Benefit on such date, plus (ii) interest accrued on such Accrued Benefit from the date of termination until my Benefit Age.

          I hereby designate the following individuals as my “Beneficiary” and I am aware that I can subsequently change such designation by submitting to the Administrator, at any subsequent time, and in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, a written designation of the primary and secondary Beneficiaries tow hom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of my death prior to complete distribution of the benefits due and payable under the Plan. I understand that any Beneficiary designation made subsequent to execution of the Joinder Agreement shall become effective only when receipt thereof is acknowledged in writing by the Administrator.

 

 

PRIMARY BENEFICIARY:

Michael J. Stanley, husband

 

 

SECONDARY BENEFICIARY:

All children

 

 

          I further understand that I am entitled to review or obtain a copy of the Plan, at any time, and may do so by contacting the Bank.

          This Joinder Agreement shall become effective upon execution (below) by both the Director and a duly authorized officer of the Bank.

          Dated this 16th day of March, 2000.

 

/s/Deborah F. Stanley

 

(Director)


/s/Gregory Kreis


(Bank’s duly authorized Officer)
President & CEO

9


EX-10.11 4 d71248_ex10-11.htm OSWEGO COUNTY NATIONAL BANK VOLUNTARY

Exhibit 10.11

OSWEGO COUNTY NATIONAL BANK

VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR DIRECTORS

(Amended and Restated)
(Effective January 1, 2005)



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

1

ADMINISTRATION

1

ELIGIBILITY

1

DEFERRALS OF COMPENSATION

1

ACCOUNTS UNDER THE PLAN

1

DEEMED INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

1

CHANGE IN INVESTMENT DIRECTIONS

1

CREDITING OF ACCOUNTS

1

STATUS OF INVESTMENTS

1

VESTING

1

PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS

1

UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY

2

CHANGE IN CONTROL

2

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

2

NONALIENATION

2

INDEMNIFICATION

3

SEVERABILITY

3

WAIVER

3

FILING A CLAIM

3

APPEAL OF DENIED CLAIMS

3

LEGAL ACTION

3

DISCRETION OF COMMITTEE

3

NOTICES

3

GOVERNING LAW

3

CONSTRUCTION OF LANGUAGE

3

AMENDMENT OR DISCONTINUANCE

3

- i -



VOLUNTARY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FOR DIRECTORS

(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005)

          1. Establishment and Purpose of the Plan. This Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the “Plan”) is established to enable the members of the Board of Directors of Oswego County National Bank (the “Bank”), Bridge Street Financial, inc. (The “Parent Company”) and its subsidiaries to defer all or a portion of their fees that would otherwise be paid to them as directors and to, instead, receive such amounts at a later date. The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and other relevant provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

          2. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or such other committee appointed either by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) or by such Personnel and Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). The Committee shall be authorized to interpret the Plan and make decisions regarding any questions arising thereunder, and any such interpretation or decision of the Committee shall, unless overruled or modified by the Board, be final, conclusive and binding upon all directors of the Bank, the Parent Company and its subsidiaries and upon any person claiming benefits or rights under the Plan by or through any such individual. No member of the Committee shall be entitled to act on or decide any matter relating solely to himself or herself or any of his or her rights or benefits under the Plan. The Committee may, in its discretion, designate a person or persons to carry out such duties or functions as the Committee so determines. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, any duty or function which may be performed by the Committee or its delegates under the Plan may instead be performed by the Board if the Board so determines in its sole discretion.

          3. Eligibility. Members of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Parent Company and its subsidiaries shall be permitted to participate in the Plan. To the extent, if any, the provisions of the Employee Retirement income Security Act of 1974, as amended, apply to this Plan with respect to any directors who are otherwise employees of the Bank, the Parent Company or its subsidiaries, it is intended that this program be limited to a select group of management or highly compensated employees, within the meaning of such law.

          4. Deferrals of Compensation. With respect to each year as to which an individual has been designated as eligible to participate in this Plan, the individual may elect to become a Participant in the Plan by submitting to the Committee or its designee a written election to defer receipt of either a percentage of the amount, or specified dollar amount, that would otherwise be earned by the Participant in connection with his or her services as a director of the Bank, the Parent Company, or one or more of its subsidiaries in the next following calendar year. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with applicable law, such election shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year preceding the calendar year with respect to which the election relates. With respect to each individual who first becomes an eligible Participant, such an individual may defer receipt of compensation in the same year he/she first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan provided the election applies only to compensation deferred for services preformed subsequent to the date the election is filed with the Committee through the end of the calendar year and the election is made within 30 days after the individual first becomes an eligible Participant.

          5. Accounts under the Plan. Amounts deferred by a Participant pursuant to Paragraph 4 hereof shall be maintained in an Account for such Participant by the Bank, the Parent Company, or by the subsidiary of the Bank responsible to pay the compensation being deferred by the participant hereunder.

          6. Deemed investment of Accounts. The Account maintained on behalf of each Participant with respect to the amounts deferred by that Participant hereunder with respect to each year of participation by the Participant shall be deemed to be invested in, and shall be adjusted to reflect earnings and losses of, such investments or investment funds as is designated as available from time to time by the Committee. To the extent the Committee makes available alternative deemed investment vehicles with respect to amounts eligible to be deferred under the Plan, each Participant shall, upon making a deferral election hereunder, designate, in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee, that the amounts to be credited to his or her Account be applied in such proportions as he or she may designate, in such multiples as is permitted by the Committee, in each deemed investment made available by the Committee. The Committee may make available different deemed investments for amounts deferred at different times under the Plan, and may change the available deemed investments under the Plan from time to time. The Committee may also designate that only one deemed investment be available with respect to any amounts deferred hereunder, in which event that deemed investment shall apply to all such amounts without regard to any other election that a Participant may desire.

          7. Change in investment Directions. A Participant may, in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee, elect to change his or her investment direction with respect to all or a portion of the amounts then held, or to be held, in such Participant’s Account, with such election and new investment direction becoming effective the first day of any semi-annual period (i.e January 1 or July 1), provided such investment direction election is made, and not revoked, prior to the first day of such semi-annual period. Such direction may relate solely to amounts already allocated to the Participant’s Account (in which event it shall constitute a direction to transfer amounts in the Participant’s Account among the various available deemed investments) or may relate solely to amounts to be deferred in the future, or may relate to both amounts already allocated to the Participant’s Account and amounts to be deferred in the future. Any investment direction election made by a Participant shall remain in effect until changed, to the extent such change is permitted under the Plan.

          8. Crediting of Accounts. Each Participant’s Account shall be deemed credited at the end of each semi-annual period (or on such other dates as is designated by the Committee) with the earnings or losses that the amount in the Account would have experienced had the Account actually been invested in the deemed investment designated by the Participant or, as appropriate, the Committee.

          9. Status of Investments. All investments made by the Bank, the Parent Company, or any other subsidiary of the Bank pursuant to this Plan wilt be deemed made solely for the purpose of aiding such entity in measuring and meeting its obligations under the Plan. Further, such entities are not limited to the investments described in the provisions set forth above but are merely obligated to provide payments pursuant to the terms of this Plan that reflect the investment returns offered by the deemed investments made available under the Plan. The Bank or, as applicable, the Parent Company, one or more of the subsidiaries of the Bank, will be named sole owner of all such investments and of all rights and privileges conferred by the terms of the instruments evidencing such investments. This Plan places no obligation upon the Bank, the Parent Company, or its subsidiaries to invest any portion of the amount in a Participants Account, to invest or continue to invest in any specific asset, to liquidate any particular investment, or to apply in any specific manner the proceeds from the sate, liquidation, or maturity of any particular investment, The Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, establish one or more accounts, funds, or trusts to reflect its obligations under the Plan. However, nothing stated herein shall cause such investments to be treated as anything but the general assets of the Bank or, as applicable, the Parent Company, or any subsidiaries of the Bank, nor will anything stated herein cause such investments to represent the vested, secured or preferred interest of the Participant or his or her beneficiaries designated under this Ptan. Participants hereunder have the status of unsecured creditors with respect to their Accounts, and it is intended that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and, to any extent applicable, for purposes of Title 1 of the Employee Retirement income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

          10. Vesting. Participants shall be fully vested in all amounts in their accounts at all times.

          11. (a) Payment of Accounts. At the time a Participant elects to defer compensation hereunder, the Participant shall designate the time and the manner of the payment of the amounts to be allocated to such Participant’s Account with respect to such deferral of compensation. Except as otherwise provided below, payment to a Participant shall commence upon a fixed date selected by the Participant at the time of the deferral. chosen from the following dates:

                    (i) The last day of a semi-annual period ending at least two years from the end of the calendar year in which the deferred compensation would otherwise become payable, but no later than the end of the calendar quarter in which occurs the Participant’s 75” birthday, except that amounts deferred under the Plan on or after December 10, 2003, shall be payable no later than the end of the semi-annual period in which occurs the Participant’s 715` birthday.

                    (ii) The last day of any one of the two semi-annual periods ending after the service of the Participant as a director of the Bank, the Parent Company, or any of is subsidiaries terminates (as designated by the Participant at the time of deferral).

1



Except as otherwise provided below, the form of payment of deferred amounts in a Participant’s Account shall be designated by the Participant at the time the election to defer compensation is made and shall be from among the following options, to the extent such optional forms are made available by the Committee. All forms of payment shall be based on the value of a Participant’s Account attributable to the particular deferral election and all forms of payment shall be actuarially equivalent to each other. The options that may be made available are:

                    (A) a lump sum;

                    (B) a number of semi-annual installments or annual installments, limited in such manner as is determined by the Committee; or

                    (C) a designated dollar amount (to the extent such amount is allocated to the Participant’s Account with respect to the deferral of compensation in question) or percentage of the Participant’s account at the end of one or more semi-annual periods otherwise available for election for the commencement of distributions as described above, with the remainder of the amount subject to such designation to be distributed commencing at such other date chosen by the Participant at the time of the deferral.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant who is a specified employee as defined in the regulations promulgated under Code Section 409A may not commence receipt of his/her benefit until the first day of the seventh month following his/her separation from service. For purposes of Code Section 409A, the Committee shall determine which Participants are specified employees as of December 31 in accordance with the Regulations promulgated under Section 409A. Such determination by the Committee shall be effective for the twelve month period commencing on April 1.

               (b) Payment Upon Unforeseeable Emergency. A Participant may also, solely to the extent permitted by the Committee, direct that a portion of the amounts payable to the Participant be distributed in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency (as defined below).

               (c) Payment Upon Change of Control. A Participant may also, solely to the extent permitted by the Committee, direct that all of the amounts then allocated to the Participant’s Account be distributable to the Participant upon a Change of Control of the Bank (as defined below), provided such Change of Control is a “change of control” as such term is defined in Section 409A of the Code.

               (d) Payments Upon Death. To the extent permitted by the Committee, a Participant may elect that if the Participant dies before payments of a deferred amount have otherwise commenced to the Participant, the amount allocated to the Participant’s Account be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary (as defined below) either on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the Participant dies (or as soon as practicable thereafter) or on the last day of the semi-annual period in the calendar year immediately following the date of the Participant’s death; provided, however that if no such election is made, payment shall be made in a single Lump sum at the end of the semi-annual period in which the Participant died, or as soon as practicable thereafter. If payments of a deferred amount in the form of installments have already commenced to the Participant, they shall continue to be made after the Participants death to the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with the Act to avoid acceleration of payment, who shall otherwise be granted the same rights as were held by the Participant hereunder.

               (e) Additional Payment Elections. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Paragraph 11 to the contrary, a Participant may subsequently elect, in such form and manner as may be prescribed by the Committee, a revised commencement date for the amounts credited to his or her Account, in lieu of the date(s) initially selected, provided that: (i) any such election is not effective until 24 months following such election, (ii) the election provides that payment will be deferred for at least five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made (except for death as provided above), and (iii) the election is made at least 24 months prior to the first scheduled payment. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Paragraph 11 to the contrary, a Participant may also subsequently elect, in such form and manner as may be prescribed by the Committee, that the amounts credited to his or her Account be paid in any one of the forms of benefit payment provided under this Paragraph 11 in lieu of the form of payment initially selected, provided that: (i) any such election is not effective for 24 months, (ii) the election to modify the form of distribution provides that payment will be deferred for at least five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made (except for death as provided above), and (iii) such election is made at least 24 months prior to the first scheduled payment. For purposes of applying the provisions of this paragraph, the installment payment form of distribution provided under paragraph 11(ii)(b) of the Plan shall be treated as a payment in a single sum payable on the first scheduled payment date.

          12. Unforeseeable Emergency. A Participant may request, in writing to the Committee, a request for a withdrawal from his/her Account if the Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Emergency. Withdrawals for the purpose of an Unforeseeable Emergency are limited to the extent needed to satisfy the emergency, which cannot be met by the Participant utilizing other resources. The Committee shall make a determination with regard to the Unforeseeable Emergency in accordance with Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Plan, the term “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship to the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or a dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)) of the Participant, toss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. Examples of an Unforeseeable Emergency may include, under appropriate circumstances, the eminent foreclosure or eviction of the Participant from his or her home, the need to pay for unexpected medical expenses, and the need to pay for funeral expenses of a spouse or dependent. The purchase or construction of a home and payment of college tuition are not Unforeseeable Emergencies.

          13. Change in Control. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of a Participant’s deferral hereunder, for purposes of this Plan, subject to Section 409A of the Code, a Change in Control means the earliest of (1) the occurrence of a Terminating Event (as defined below), or (ii) the dissemination of a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders or members of the Bank seeking stockholder or member approval of a Terminating Event of the type described in clause (a) below, or (iii) the publication or dissemination of an announcement of action intended to result in a Terminating Event of the type described in clauses (b) or C) below. For these purposes, a “Terminating Event” means:

               (a) the reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Bank with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank are exchanged or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Bank unless the reorganization, merger or consolidation shall have been affirmatively recommended to the Bank’s stockholders or members by a majority of the members of the Board.

               (b) the acquisition of substantially all of the property or of more than 35% of the voting power of the Bank by any person or entity; or

               (c) the occurrence of any circumstance having the effect that directors who were nominated for election as directors by the Nominating Committee of the Board shall cease to constitute a majority of the authorized number of directors of the Bank.

          14. Designation of Beneficiaries. In the event that a Participant dies prior to the receipt of all amounts payable to him or her pursuant to the Plan, all remaining amounts credited to his or her Account shall be paid to such one or more Beneficiaries and in such proportions as the Participant may designate, in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 11. if no Beneficiary has been named by the Participant, or if a named Beneficiary has predeceased the Participant and no successor beneficiary has been named or if a beneficiary designation is otherwise ineffective, payment shall be made to the estate of the Participant, and if any Beneficiary shall die after payments to that Beneficiary have commenced, if any remaining payments would otherwise be made to such Beneficiary, they shall instead be made to the estate of the Beneficiary. A Beneficiary designation pursuant to this Paragraph 14 shall not be effective unless it is in writing and is received by the Committee prior to the death of the Participant making the designation.

          15. Nonalienation. The right to receive a benefit under the Plan shalt not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participants beneficiaries.

2



          16. Indemnification. The Bank shalt indemnify, hold harmless and defend each member of the Board, each member of the Committee, each member of the Benefits Committee, and each of their designees who are employees of the Bank, the Parent Company or any of its subsidiaries, against any reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by them, or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which they may be involved, as a result of their efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms of the Plan.

          17. Severability. A determination that any provision of the Plan is invalid or unenforceable shalt not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

          18. Waiver. Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition. A waiver of any provision of the Plan must be made in writing, designated as a waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more times shalt not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.

          19. Filing a Claim. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Plan shall be filed with the Committee which shall make all determinations concerning such claim. Any decision by the Committee denying such claim shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the Participant or Beneficiary filing the claim (“Claimant”).

               (a) In General. Notice of a denial of benefits will be provided within 90 days of the Committee’s receipt of the Claimant’s claim for benefits. If the Committee determines that it needs additional time to review the claim, the Committee will provide the Claimant with a notice of the extension before the end of the initial 90-day period. The extension will not be more than 90 days from the end of of the initial 90-day period and the notice of extension will explain the special circumstances that require the extension and the date by which the Committee expects to make a decision.

               (b) Contents of Notice. If a claim for benefits is completely or partially denied, notice of such denial shall be in writing and shalt set forth the reasons for denial in plain language. The notice shall (1) cite the pertinent provisions of the Plan document and (2) explain, where appropriate, how the Claimant can perfect the claim, including a description of any additional material or information necessary to complete the claim and why such material or information is necessary. The claim denial also shall include an explanation of the claims review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse decision on review.

          20. Appeal of Denied Claims. A claimant whose claim has been completely or partially denied shall be entitled to appeal the claim denial by filing a written appeal with the Committee. A Claimant who timely requests a review of the denied claim (or his or her authorized representative) may review, upon request and free of charge, copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the denial and may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relevant to the claim to the Committee. All written comments, documents, records, and other information shall be considered “relevant” if the information (1) was relied upon in making a benefits determination, (2) was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making a benefits decision regardless of whether it was relied upon to make the decision, or (3) demonstrates compliance with administrative processes and safeguards established for making benefit decisions. The Committee may, in its sole discretion and if it deems appropriate or necessary, decide to hold a hearing with respect to the claim appeal.

               (a) In General. Appeal of a denied benefits claim must be filed in writing with the Committee no later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the written notification of such claim denial. The Committee shall make its decision regarding the merits of the denied claim within sixty (60) days following receipt of the appeal (or within one hundred and twenty (120) days after such receipt, in a case where there are special circumstances requiring extension of time for reviewing the appealed claim). If an extension of time for reviewing the appeal is required because of special circumstances, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. The notice will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the determination on review. The review will take into account comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

               (b) Contents of Notice. If a benefits claim is completely or partially denied on review, notice of such denial shall be in writing and shall set forth the reasons for denial in plain language.

                    (i) The decision on review shall set forth (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (b) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (c) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, or other information relevant (as defined above) to the Claimant’s claim, and (d) a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the plan and a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

          21. Legal Action. A Claimant may not bring any legal action relating to a claim for benefits under the Plan unless and until the Claimant has followed the claims procedures under the Plan and exhausted his or her administrative remedies under such claim procedures.

          22. Discretion of Committee. All interpretations, determinations and decisions of the Committee with respect to any claim shall be made in its sole discretion, and shall be final and conclusive.

          23. Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given to a party under the Plan shall be deemed given if personally delivered or if mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the party at the address listed below, or at such other address as one such party may by written notice specify to the other:

               (a) if to the Committee:

Attention: Chairperson - Personnel and Compensation Committee
Oswego County National Bank
300 State Route 104
Oswego, NY 13126

               (b) if to any party other than the Committee, to such party at the address last published by such party by written notice to the Committee.

          24. Governing Law. The Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of New York, except to the extent that such laws are preempted by federal law.

          25. Construction of Language. Wherever appropriate in the Plan, words used in the singular may be read in the plural, words in the plural may be read in the singular, and words importing the mate gender shall be deemed equally to refer to the feminine or the neuter. Any reference to an Article or Section shall be to an Article or Section of the Plan, unless otherwise indicated.

          26. Amendment or Discontinuance. The Board may amend, discontinue or terminate the Plan at any time in accordance with applicable taw; provided, however, that no amendment or discontinuance shall affect the rights of Participants to amounts already allocated to their Accounts under the Plan. The Committee of the Bank may make any amendment to the Plan that may be necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration, management, and interpretation of the Plan or to conform the Nan thereto or that may be necessary or appropriate to satisfy requirements of law, provided that any such amendment does not significantly affect the cost to Bank, Parent Company or any of its subsidiaries of maintaining the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment by the Board or Committee of the Bank shall be made to the extent that any such amendment would cause any Participant who administers any employee benefit plan of the Bank (or the Parent Company or any subsidiary of the Bank) and who, in accordance with the terms of any such plan or applicable taw, must be ‘disinterested’, to cease to qualify as an ‘outside’ director, within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the treasury regulations thereunder.

In witness whereof, Oswego County National Bank has caused this amendment and restatement of the Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors to be executed on September 21, 2006.

3



 OSWEGO COUNTY NATIONAL BANK

 

 

 

 

By: 

/s/

 

 


 

 

Chairperson of the Board

Attest:

 

 

 

/s/

 

/s/


 


Secretary

 

President

4


EX-21 5 d71248_ex21.htm LIST OF THE COMPANY'S SUBSIDIARIES

Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Alliance Bank, N.A. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alliance Financial Corporation and is a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States.

Alliance Financial Capital Trust I is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alliance Financial Corporation and is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Alliance Financial Capital Trust II is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alliance Financial Corporation and is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Ladd’s Agency, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alliance Financial Corporation and is organized under the laws of the State of New York.

Alliance Preferred Funding Corp. is a substantially wholly-owned subsidiary of Alliance Bank, N.A. and is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Alliance Leasing, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alliance Bank, N.A. and is organized under the laws of the State of New York.


EX-23 6 d71248_ex23.htm CONSENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 033-65417) and Form S-8 (No. 333-95343) of Alliance Financial Corporation of our report dated March 13, 2007 relating to the financial statements, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 


 

Syracuse, New York

 

March 13, 2007

 



EX-31.1 7 d71248_ex31-1.htm RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A) CERTIFICATIONS

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Jack H. Webb, hereby certify that:

 

 

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Alliance Financial Corporation;

 

 

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

 

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

 

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f), for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

 

 

b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

 

 

 

c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

d)

disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

 

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls.

Dated: March 13, 2007

 

 

 

/s/ Jack H. Webb

 


 

Name: Jack H. Webb

 

Title: Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer



EX-31.2 8 d71248_ex31-2.htm RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A) CERTIFICATIONS

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, J. Daniel Mohr, hereby certify that:

 

 

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Alliance Financial Corporation;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f), for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

 

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

 

 

b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

 

 

 

c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

d)

disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

 

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors:

 

 

 

 

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls.

Dated: March 13, 2007

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Mohr

 


 

Name: J. Daniel Mohr

 

Title: Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer



EX-32.1 9 d71248_ex32-1.htm SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

          In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Alliance Financial Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jack H. Webb, Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

 

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 13, 2007

 

 

 

/s/ Jack H. Webb

 


 

Name: Jack H. Webb

 

Title: Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.


EX-32.2 10 d71248_ex32-2.htm SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

          In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Alliance Financial Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, J. Daniel Mohr, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

 

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 13, 2007

 

 

 

/s/ J. Daniel Mohr

 


 

Name: J. Daniel Mohr

 

Title: Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.


-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----